Concluding remark

Membrane technology has progj-essed remarkably in the last 50 years since the discovery of the asymmetric CA RO membrane by Sonrirajan andLoeb [3—5]. In 1965 desalination global capacity was 160,000 m /day, and virtually all of it was by thermal distillation. By 2013 the global desahnation capacity was 60 miUion rxi /day with more than 60% by RO [78]. According to a report pubhshed in 2013 by Mcllvane Company, the sales of membranes and equipment for water treatment may exceed 10.4 billion in 2014 of which one-third is for desahnation [79]. [Pg.77]

Seawater is an unlimited source of water. Currently, seawater RO is the best available technology for desalinating seawater [48]. There is room for improvement to make the process more affordable and less energy intensive, although the progress will be incremental at best [21]. [Pg.77]

One challenge that has eluded researchers is the development of chlorine-resistant TFC polyamide-based RO membranes, the workhorse of water treatment. [Pg.77]

Strathmann, Membrane separation processes current relevance and future opportunities, AIChEJ. [Pg.78]

Sourirajan, Sea water demineralization by means of an osmotic membrane, Adv. Chem. Ser. 38 (1963) 117-132. [Pg.78]

The above exposition shows that homo- and heteronuclear metal carbonyl precursors have been used successfully in the preparation of supported metal catalysts that behave better than those prepared by conventional methods. This is frequently [Pg.338]

In addition, surface-mediated synthesis results a powerful tool in the preparation of surface carbonyl species (homo- or heteronuclear) that are further precursors of supported, tailored metallic catalysts. [Pg.339]

The appropriate decarbonylation of surface carbonyl species can lead to the retention of the metal frame. When the original metal frame is preserved under reaction conditions, and it is properly characterized, a direct structure-catalytic properties relationship can be established, and the catalytic behavior of supported metaUic clusters can be differentiated from that of the supported metallic particles. [Pg.339]

Notably, the use of heteronuclear surface carbonyl species can lead to the preparation of well-defined supported bimetallic entities that can be used as model catalysts to study the promoter effect of a second metal. The close intimacy achieved between the two metals in the surface carbonyl species is related to the structural characteristics and catalytic properties of the final catalyst In the preparation of supported, tailored, multi-component catalysts, the use of metal carbonyl surface species still deserves to be studied to further explore the exciting field of nano-sized entities in catalysis. [Pg.339]

The various fluorescence-based methods for the determination of fluidity and molecular mobility are summarised in Table 8.1. Attention should be paid to the comments indicated in the last column. [Pg.245]

The choice of method depends on the system to be investigated. The methods of intermolecular quenching and intermolecular excimer formation are not recommended for probing fluidity of microheterogeneous media because of possible perturbation of the translational diffusion process. The methods of intramolecular excimer formation and molecular rotors are convenient and rapid, but the time-resolved fluorescence polarization technique provides much more detailed information, including the order of an anisotropic medium. [Pg.245]

Whatever the technique used, it is important to note that (i) only an equivalent viscosity can be determined, (ii) the response of a probe may be different in solvents of the same viscosity but of different chemical nature and structure, (iii) the measured equivalent viscosity often depends on the probe and on the fluorescence technique. Nevertheless, the relative variations of the diffusion coefficient resulting from an external perturbation are generally much less dependent on the technique and on the nature of the probe. Therefore, the fluorescence techniques are very valuable in monitoring changes in fluidity upon an external perturbation such as temperature, pressure and addition of compounds (e.g. cholesterol added to lipid vesicles alcohols and oil added to micellar systems). [Pg.245]

Al-Hassan K. A. and Rettig, W. (1986) Free Volume Sensing Fluorescent Probes, Chem. Phys. Lett. 126, 273-279. [Pg.245]

Anwand D., Muller F. W., Strehmel B. and Schiller K. (1991) Determination of the Molecular Mobility and the Free Volume of [Pg.245]

New polar organie mode a. Type of aeid and base b. Aeid/base ratio e. Coneentration of aeid and base d. Flow rate [Pg.53]

Reversed phase a. Type of organie modifier b. Coneentration of organie modifier e. Type of aqueous buffer d. Coneentration of aqueous buffer e. pH of aqueous buffer f. Flow rate g. Temperature [Pg.53]

Normal phase a. Type of polar solvent b. Coneentration of polar solvent e. Aeid and base as modifiers d. Temperature [Pg.53]

The authors would like to thank Vicki Sutter and Leslie Wrenn for their help with the preparation of this manuscript. [Pg.53]

2 Method Development and Optimization of Enantiomeric Separations Using. .. [Pg.54]

Except for a couple of rather extreme areas (like the combination of general relativity and quantum mechanics, or the unification of the strong and gravitational forces with the electroweak interaction), we believe that all the fundamental physics is known. The only problem is that the real world contains so many (different) components interacting by complicated potentials that a detailed description is impossible. [Pg.400]

Other approximations used in computational chemistry are more severe, and affect the accuracy of tlie results. Some examples are [Pg.401]

Most of these approximations are mainly of a computational nature there are well-defined methods available for going beyond the approximations, but they are computationally too demanding. The key is therefore to be able to evaluate what level of theory (i.e. which approximations are appropriate) is required to obtain results which are sufficiently accurate to provide useful information about the question at hand. [Pg.401]

Basis functions (atomic orbitals), ab initio or semi-empirical methods [Pg.402]

Density matrix element in AO basis Matrix eigenvalue van der Waals parameter Dielectric constant [Pg.403]

Atkins, F.W., Physical Chemistry, S Edition, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1994, Chapter 14. [Pg.29]

and Wilks, E., Properties and Applications of Diamonds, Butterworth-Hcincmann, Oxford, 1991. [Pg.29]

The Properties of Natural and Synthetic Diamond, cd. J.E. Eield, Academic Press, London, 1992. [Pg.29]

Physics of Graphite, Applied Scienee Publishers, London, 1981. [Pg.29]

Drcssclhaus, M.S., Dresselhaus, G. and Eklund, P.C., Science of Fullerenes and Carbon Nanotubes, 1996, Academic Press, San Diego. [Pg.31]

Obviously, there are many good reasons to study ionic liquids as alternative solvents in transition metal-catalyzed reactions. Besides the engineering advantage of their nonvolatile natures, the investigation of new biphasic reactions with an ionic catalyst phase is of special interest. The possibility of adjusting solubility properties by different cation/anion combinations permits systematic optimization of the biphasic reaction (with regard, for example, to product selectivity). Attractive options to improve selectivity in multiphase reactions derive from the preferential solubility of only one reactant in the catalyst solvent or from the in situ extraction of reaction intermediates from the catalyst layer. Moreover, the application of an ionic liquid catalyst layer permits a biphasic reaction mode in many cases where this would not be possible with water or polar organic solvents (due to incompatibility with the catalyst or problems with substrate solubility, for example). [Pg.252]

In addition to the applications reported in detail above, a number of other transition metal-catalyzed reactions in ionic liquids have been carried out with some success in recent years, illustrating the broad versatility of the methodology. Butadiene telomerization [34], olefin metathesis [110], carbonylation [111], allylic alkylation [112] and substitution [113], and Trost-Tsuji-coupling [114] are other examples of high value for synthetic chemists. [Pg.252]

However, research into transition metal catalysis in ionic liquids should not focus only on the question of how to make some specific products more economical or ecological by use of a new solvent and, presumably, a new multiphasic process. Since it bridges the gap between homogeneous and heterogeneous catalysis, in a novel and highly attractive manner, the application of ionic liquids in transition metal catalysis gives access to some much more fundamental and conceptual questions for basic research. [Pg.253]

In comparison with traditional biphasic catalysis using water, fluorous phases, or polar organic solvents, transition metal catalysis in ionic liquids represents a new and advanced way to combine the specific advantages of homogeneous and heterogeneous catalysis. In many applications, the use of a defined transition metal complex immobilized on a ionic liquid support has already shown its unique potential. Many more successful examples - mainly in fine chemical synthesis - can be expected in the future as our loiowledge of ionic liquids and their interactions with transition metal complexes increases. [Pg.253]

9 A list of current commercial suppliers of tetrafluoroborate and hexafluo-rophosphate salts includes (with no guarantee of completeness) Solvent Innovation GmbH, Kdln (www.sol-vent-innovation.com). Sachem Inc. (www.sacheminc.com), Fluka (www.fluka.com), Acros Organics (WWW. acros.be), and Wako (www.wako-chem.co. j p). [Pg.254]

In conclusion, the above summary of oxidation methods shows that there is still room for further improvements in the field of selective olefin epoxidation. The development of active and selective catalysts capable of oxidizing a broad range of olefin substrates with aqueous hydrogen peroxide as terminal oxidant in inexpensive and environmentally benign solvents remains a continuing challenge. [Pg.225]

Kahlich, K. Wiechern, J. Lindner in Ullmann s Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemistry, 5th ed., Vol. A22 (Eds. B. Elvers, [Pg.225]

in Peroxide Chemistry (Ed. W. Adam), Wiley-VCH, Weinheim, [Pg.225]

Sheldon, in Applied Homogeneous Catalysis with Organometattic Compounds, 2nd ed., 1 (Eds. B. Comils, W. A. Herrmann), Wiley-VCH, Weinheim, 2002, pp. 412-427. [Pg.225]

11 http //nobelprize.org/chemistry/laure-ates/2001/index.html. [Pg.225]

Acknowledgments. Dr. M. F. Mansuetto is thanked for his assistance with the computer drawings of the various structures. Support from the U.S. Depart- [Pg.317]

118] M. A. Humbert, P. Biensan, M. Broussely, A. Lecerf, A. Dolle, H. Ladhily, J. Power Sources [Pg.317]

1110J A. Mosbah, A. Vcrbaere, M. Toumoux, Mater. Res. Bull. 1983, 18, 1375. [Pg.320]

In the next chapter we look at the intensities of d-d electronic transitions. We shall see that transitions between terms of the same spin-multiplicity are much more intense than those involving a change of spin. It is for this reason that our focus in the present chapter has been on the former. We have seen that for d d , d and configurations in octahedral or tetrahedral environments, there is only one so-called spin-allowed transition. For P and d configurations there are [Pg.58]

Figgis, Introduction to Ligand Fields, Wiley, New York, 1966. [Pg.59]

Ballhausen, Introduction to Ligand-Field Theory, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1962. [Pg.59]

Griffith, Theory of Transition Metal Ions, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1961. [Pg.59]

Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 101, 5347. (b) Ojima, I. (ed.) (2000) Catalytic Asymmetric Synthesis, 2nd edn, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH, New York, (c) Jacobsen, E.N., Pfallz, A. and Yamamoto, H. (eds) (1999) Comprehensive Asymmetric Catalysis, Springer, Berlin, (d) Noyori, R. (1994) Asymmetric Catalysis in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley Sons, Ltd, New York, (e) Drauz, K and Waldmann, H. (eds) (2002) Enzyme Catalysis in Organic Synthesis A Comprehensive Handbook, [Pg.110]

2nd edn, Wdey-VCH Verlag GmbH, Weinheim, Vols. I-III. (f) Faber, K. [Pg.110]

3 Ohkuma, T. Kitamaura, M. and Noyori, R. (2000) Asymmetric hydrogenations, in Catalytic Asymmetric Synthesis (ed. I. Ojima), 2nd edn, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH, New York. [Pg.110]

4 Brener, M., Ditrich, K., Habicher, T., Hauer, B., Keeler, M., Stiirmer, R. and Zelinski, T. (2004) Angewandte Chemie International Edition, 43, 788-824. [Pg.110]

5 Eliel, E.L., Wilen, S.H. and Mander, LN. (1994) Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds, John Wiley Sons, Ltd, New York. [Pg.110]

Organic Pollutants An Ecotoxicological Perspective, Second Edition [Pg.314]

In a similar way, an integrated biomarker approach has a role when carrying out experiments in mesocosms. Under these controlled conditions, behavioral effects of neurotoxic pollutants, acting singly or in combination, can be monitored and compared with data on predator-prey relationships and effects at the population level. The employment of mechanistic biomarker assays can facilitate comparisons between results obtained in mesocosms and other data obtained in the field or in laboratory tests. Here is one way of attempting to answer the difficult question— how comparable are mesocosms to the real world [Pg.314]

There is a continuing interest in the development of biomarker assays for use in environmental risk assessment. As discussed elsewhere (Section 16.6), there are both scientific and ethical reasons for seeking to introduce in vitro assays into protocols for the regulatory testing of chemicals. Animal welfare organizations would like to see the replacement of toxicity tests by more animal-friendly alternatives for all types of risk assessment—whether for environmental risks or for human health. [Pg.314]

European Centre for the Validation of Alternative Methods (ECVAM), six in vitro systems for chronic neurotoxicity testing are recommended for further consideration (Worth and Balls 2002). These are described as in vitro models that may be suitable for long-term toxicity testing. The systems are [Pg.315]

In the summary of the aforementioned report, the authors recommend, as did earlier reviewers of this subject, the development and evaluation of a tiered testing strategy for neurotoxicity. The further development of in vitro models for establishing mechanisms of neurotoxicity should be part of this strategy. Full consideration should also be given to advances in the omics and other technological fields. [Pg.315]

The aim of this short review was to signal the new possibilities offered by the fast-expanding repertoire of biocatalytic methods and approaches. These recent achievements make it possible to optimize enzymatic processes on levels reserved previously only for synthetic catalysts, and also to reach far beyond, employing the special features and origin of proteins. [Pg.116]

The use of molecular biology methods, described in Section 5.3 seems to be especially worthwhile as it offers novel possibilities of optimization on process adjustment. Directed evolution leads to the formation of new biocatalysts with improved characteristics (selectivity, activity, stability, etc.). Incorporation ofnon-proteinogenic amino acids makes it possible to reach beyond the repertoire of building blocks used by nature. The prospect of bioconjugate preparation offers the possibility to form functional clusters of enzymes and to perform multiple synthetic steps in one pot. [Pg.116]

These perspectives allow us to conclude that the constant rise of importance of biocatalysis in industrial processes is secured for years to come, and is limited only by further recognition from industrial society. [Pg.116]

(2004) Biotransformations in Organic Chemistry, 5th edn, Springer-Verlag, Berlin. [Pg.116]

Kielbasinski, P. and Mikoiajczyk, M. (2007) Chiral Heteroatom-containing Compounds, in Future Directions in Biocatalysis (ed. T.Matsuda), Elsevier, pp. 159-203. [Pg.116]

8 Mingos, D.P. Wales D.J. Introduction to Cluster Chemistry 1990, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey. [Pg.154]

22 Belin, C.H.E. Tillard-Charbonnel, M. Prog. Solid St. Chem. 1993, 22(2), 59. [Pg.154]

23 Tillard-Charbonnel, M. Belin, C. Sou-beyroux, J.L. Eur. J. Solid State Inorg. Chem. 1990, 27, 759. [Pg.154]

Topochemical [24-2] photoreactions of diolehn crystals has been reviewed. The reactions clearly depart from typical solution chemistry crystal-lattice control offers a unique synthetic route into photodegradable polymers, highly strained [24-2] paracyclophanes, stereoregular polymers, and absolute asymmetric synthesis. However, achieving the desired type of crystal [Pg.167]

Hasegawa, M. (1993). Reactivity in Molecular Crystals (ed. Ohashi, Y.), ch. 5, pp. 203-236. Kodansha, Tokyo [Pg.169]

Hasegawa, M., Suzuki, Y., Suzuki, F. and Nakanishi, H. (1972). Four-Center Type Photopolymerization in the Crystalline State, vol. 5, pp. 143-203. Kodansha, Tokyo [Pg.170]

Hasegawa, M., Harashina, H., Kato, S. and Saigo, K. (1986b). Macromolecules 19, 1276 [Pg.170]

Hasegawa, M., Kunita, A., Chung, C.-M., Hayashi, K. and Sato, S. (1989b). Chem. Lett. 641 [Pg.170]

In this chapter we have limited ourselves to the most common techniques in catalyst characterization. Of course, there are several other methods available, such as nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR), which is very useful in the study of zeolites, electron spin resonance (ESR) and Raman spectroscopy, which may be of interest for certain oxide catalysts. Also, all of the more generic tools from analytical chemistry, such as elemental analysis, UV-vis spectroscopy, atomic absorption, calorimetry, thermogravimetry, etc. are often used on a routine basis. [Pg.166]

Methods based on adsorption, used to determine the surface area of the entire catalyst or of the metallic particles, are also very important. These are discussed in Chapter 5. [Pg.166]

We have already mentioned that fundamental studies in catalysis often require the use of single crystals or other model systems. As catalyst characterization in academic research aims to determine the surface composition on the molecular level under the conditions where the catalyst does its work, one can in principle adopt two approaches. The first is to model the catalytic surface, for example with that of a single crystal. By using the appropriate combination of surface science tools, the desired characterization on the atomic scale is certainly possible in favorable cases. However, although one may be able to study the catalytic properties of such samples under realistic conditions (pressures of 1 atm or higher), most of the characterization is necessarily carried out in ultrahigh vacuum, and not under reaction conditions. [Pg.166]

The second approach is to study real catalysts with in situ techniques such as infrared and Mossbauer spectroscopy, EXAFS and XRD, under reaction conditions, or, as is more often done, under a controlled environment after quenching of the reaction. The in situ techniques, however, are not sufficiently surface specific to yield the desired atom-by-atom characterization of the surface. At best they determine the composition of the particles. [Pg.166]

The dilemma is thus investigations of real catalysts under relevant conditions by in situ techniques give little information on the surface of the catalyst, while techniques that are surface sensitive can often only be applied on model surfaces under vacuum. Bridging the gap between UHV and high pressures and between the surfaces of single crystals and of real catalysts is therefore an important issue in catalysis. [Pg.166]

Successful applications of fourth-order coherent Raman scattering are presented. Interface-selective detection of Raman-active vibrations is now definitely possible at buried interfaces. It can be recognized as a Raman spectroscopy with interface selectivity. Vibrational sum-frequency spectroscopy provides an interface-selective IR spectroscopy in which the vibrational coherence is created in the IR resonant transition. The two interface-selective methods are complementary, as has been experienced with Raman and IR spectroscopy in the bulk. [Pg.113]

On the other hand, we cannot ignore drawbacks in observing fourth-order responses. The desired response is always weak due to the high optical order. The damage threshold of the interface to be analyzed is severe with intense irradiation. The difficulty has been overridden by one-photon resonant enhancement of Raman-pump efficiency. The observable range of materials is somewhat limited as a result. There is still much room for technical improvements and the author is optimistic for the future. [Pg.113]

The work reviewed in this chapter has been carried out in collaboration with Satoru Fujiyoshi, Tomonori Nomoto, andTaka-aki Ishibashi. We started this series of studies in Kanagawa Academy of Science and Technology and continued in Kobe University with support from Core Research for Evolutional Science and Technology of the Japan Science and Technology Agency, and from a Grant-in-Aid for Scientific Research in Priority Area Molecular Nano Dynamics . [Pg.113]

and Shen, Y. R. (1987) Surface vibrational spectroscopy by infared-visible sum frequency generation. Phys. Rev. B, 35, 3047-3050. [Pg.113]

Ishibashi, T. and Onishi, H. (2004) Multiplex sum-frequency spectroscopy with electronic resonance enhancement. Chem. Lett., 33, 1404-1407. [Pg.113]

Garrido and A. Lopez, eds.. The sensory and nutritional quality of virgin olive oil. Grasas y Aceitas, 45, (Symposium Issue) (1994) 1-81. [Pg.346]

ten Berge, Orthogonal Procrustes rotation for two or more matrices. Psychometrika, 42 (1977)267-276 [Pg.346]

Dijksterhuis, Procrustes analysis in sensory research, Ch. 7 in Multivariate analysis of data in sensory science (T. Naes and E. Risvik, eds), Elsevier, Amsterdam (1996). [Pg.346]

Hotelling, Relationships between two sets of variates. Biometrika, 28 (1936) 321-327. T.W. Anderson, Introduction to Multivariate Statistical Analysis, 2nd ed., Wiley, New York (1984). [Pg.346]

Davies and M.K.S. Tso, Procedures for reduced-rank regression, Appl. Stat., 31 (1982) 244-255. [Pg.346]

1 Lab on a Chip, a Royal Society of Chemistry journal, Cambridge. [Pg.228]

2 Microfluidics and Nanofluidics, a Spring-er-Verlag journal, Heidelberg. [Pg.228]

Stauffer, A. Aharony 1992, Introduction to Percolation Theory, Taylor Francis, London. [Pg.228]

Fatkullin, E. Fischer, C. Mattea, U. Begirm, R. Kimmich 2004, ChemPhys-Chem 5, 884-894. [Pg.228]

Karger, H. Pfeifer, W. Heink 1988, Advan. Magn. Reson. 12, 1. [Pg.228]

Clearly, quantum mechanics can be applied to biocatalytic systems in a variety of ways and scales. We hope that the methods presented in this article can further expand the scope of applications to biomolecular systems. [Pg.100]

We than financial supports of this research from the National Institutes of Health (GM46736) and the Office of Naval Research (N 00012-05-01-0538). [Pg.100]

Truhlar DG (2006) Multidimensional tunneling, recrossing, and the transmission coefficient for enzymatic reactions. Chem Rev 106(8) 3140-3169 [Pg.100]

Garcia-Viloca M, Gao J, Karplus M, Truhlar DG (2004) How enzymes work Analysis by modem rate theory and computer simulations. Science (Washington, DC) 303(5655) 186-195 [Pg.100]

Gao J (1997) Toward a molecular orbital derived empirical potential for liquid simulations. J Phys Chem B 101(4) 657-663 [Pg.100]

A mathematical formulation based on uneven discretization of the time horizon for the reduction of freshwater utilization and wastewater production in batch processes has been developed. The formulation, which is founded on the exploitation of water reuse and recycle opportunities within one or more processes with a common single contaminant, is applicable to both multipurpose and multiproduct batch facilities. The main advantages of the formulation are its ability to capture the essence of time with relative exactness, adaptability to various performance indices (objective functions) and its structure that renders it solvable within a reasonable CPU time. Capturing the essence of time sets this formulation apart from most published methods in the field of batch process integration. The latter are based on the assumption that scheduling of the entire process is known a priori, thereby specifying the start and/or end times for the operations of interest. This assumption is not necessary in the model presented in this chapter, since water reuse/recycle opportunities can be explored within a broader scheduling framework. In this instance, only duration rather start/end time is necessary. Moreover, the removal of this assumption allows problem analysis to be performed over an unlimited time horizon. The specification of start and end times invariably sets limitations on the time horizon over which water reuse/recycle opportunities can be explored. In the four scenarios explored in [Pg.97]

4 Wastewater Minimisation in Multiproduct Batch Plants Single Contaminants [Pg.98]

At present, increasing accuracy and precision are achieved in separation performance and signal acquisition for complex 2D separations. However, the complexity of the plethora of data obtained requires proper signal processing procedures for a complete extraction of all of the analytical information. [Pg.88]

The mathematical-statistical methods reviewed here have proven to be powerful tools for the extraction of the most relevant information on the separation sample complexity, separation performance, overlapping extent, and identification of ordered patterns present in spot positions related to chemical composition of the complex sample. [Pg.88]

Moreover, the two procedures display different and complementary properties so that each of them is the method of choice to obtain specific information on the 2D separations. The SMO procedure is an unique tool to quantitatively estimate the degree of peak overlapping present in a map as well as to predict the influence of different experimental conditions on peak overlapping. The strength of the 2D autocovariance function method lies in its ability to simply single out ordered retention pattern hidden in the complex separation, which can be related to information on the chemical composition of the complex mixture. [Pg.88]

These statistical methods give a comprehensive description of the whole separation and therefore can also be used as tools to investigate separation properties for quality assurance procedures. [Pg.88]

Further developments of this topic are in progress, both in developing theoretical models and in applying the procedures to real experimental cases. In particular, the methods can be extended to hyphenated techniques to investigate the complex signals obtained from mass spectrometry detection (Pietrogrande et al., 2006b). [Pg.88]

Finally, the material presented in this chapter paves the way for further improvements in free energy calculations. Two promising directions for future studies are improving the methods for sampling phase space so that is satisfies the most effective overlap and/or subset relationships and developing better techniques for averaging samples and extrapolating from finite-sampled sets. [Pg.244]

Molecular Modelling, Principles and Applications, Prentice Hall London, 2001 [Pg.244]

Zwanzig, R.W., High-temperature equation of state by a perturbation method, J. Chem. Phys. 1954, 22,1420-1426 [Pg.244]

Jarzynski, C., Equilibrium free-energy differences from nonequibbrium measurements a master equation approach, Phys. Rev. E1997, 56, 5018-5035 [Pg.244]

Jarzynski, C., Nonequibbrium equahty for free energy differences, Phys. Rev. Lett. 1997, 78, 2690-2693 [Pg.244]

1 Zamora, I., Oprea, T. I., Ungell, A.-L., Prediction of oral drug permeability, in Rational Approaches to Drug Design. Holtje, H.-D., Sippl, W. (eds), Prous Science Press, Barcelona, 2001, 271-280. [Pg.120]

2 Oprea, T., Zamora, I., Ungell, A.-L., Pharmacokinetically based mapping device for chemical space navigation, [Pg.120]

3 Lipinski, C. A., Drag-like properties and the causes of poor solubility and poor permeability, J. Pharmacol. [Pg.120]

4 Muranishi, S., Yamamoto, A., Mechanisms of absorption enhancement through gastrointestinal epithelium, in Drug Absorption Enhancement, de Boer, A. G. (ed.), Harwood Academic Publishers, 1994, 67-100. [Pg.120]

5 Ungell, A.-L., In vitro absorption studies and their relevance to absorption from the GI tract, Drug Dev. Indust. Pharmacy 1997, 23, 879-892. [Pg.120]

Resulting from the widespread interest in macrocyclic ligand chemistry, an impressive array of synthetic procedures for macrocyclic systems has been developed. In spite of this, the synthesis of a new ring system frequently turns out to be far from trivial. Indeed, synthetic macrocyclic chemistry is often very challenging and, as well as a thorough knowledge of any metal-ion chemistry involved, skill in the subtle art of organic synthesis is also a valuable asset for those involved in the preparation of new cyclic systems. [Pg.49]

The lesson learned from the catalysis in interphase approach is that the spacer between the insoluble support and the actual catalyst should be sufficiently long and soluble in the solvent of interest to obtain active catalysts. The use of supercritical fluids can also be very beneficial for the activity. Upon using Xantphos immobilised on silica in scC02 for example, the rates are only half of those of the homogeneous catalyst. Expressed as space-time yields the solid catalysts are almost an order of [Pg.68]

For several silica-supported catalysts in condensed phase, including the SAPC system, the rates are disappointing. This can be assigned to slow mass transfer, and perhaps to incomplete rhodium hydride formation as we have discussed and observed. The sol-gel catalyst is relatively fast and is sometimes only a few times slower than the homogeneous one. Since only limited ways of preparation were tested, there is probably more scope for sol-gel catalysts. Space-time yields are promising at the present state of affairs. [Pg.69]

Johnson, S.A. Raynor, D.S. Shephard, T. Maschmeyer, J.M. Thomas, G. Sankar, S. Bromley, R. Oldroyd, L. Gladden, M.D. Mantle Chem. Commun. 1999, 1167. [Pg.71]

Henry Daniell, Olga Carmona-Sanchez and Brittany E. Burns [Pg.113]

Molecular Farming. Edited by Rainer Fischer, Stefan Schillberg Copyright 2004 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH Co. KGaA,Weinheim ISBN 3-527-30786-9 [Pg.113]

In this chapter, we have reviewed the recent experimental researches on the coherent optical phonons using optical detection technique. Optical detection has great advantages in its experimental simplicity, higher time-resolution [Pg.42]

Mizoguchi, H. Harima, S. Nakashima, M. Tani, K. Sakai, M. Hangyo, Appl. Phys. Lett. 69(17), 2474 (1996) [Pg.43]

Dekorsy, G.C. Cho, H. Kurz, in Coherent Phonons in Condensed Media ed. by M.Cardona, G. Giintherodt. Light Scattering in Solids VIII (Springer, Berlin, 2000), p. 169 [Pg.43]

Dekorsy, Coherent Phonons in Bulk and Low-Dimensional Semiconductors, ed. by S. De Silvestri, G. Cerullo, G. Lanzani. Coherent Vibrational Dynamics (CRC, Boca Raton, 2007), p. 129 [Pg.43]

Rouge N, Buri P, Doelker E (1996) Drug absorption sites in the gastrointestinal tract and dosage forms for site-specific delivery. Int J Pharm 136 117-139 [Pg.86]

Kararli TT (1995) Comparison of the gastrointestinal anatomy, physiology, and biochemistry of humans and commonly used laboratory animals. Biopharm Drug Dispos 16 351-380 [Pg.86]

Ritschel WA (1991) Microemulsions for improved peptide absorption from the gastrointestinal tract. Meth Find Exp Clin Pharmacol 13 205-220 [Pg.86]

Krishna DR, Klotz U (1994) Extrahepatic metabolism of drugs in humans. Clin Pharmacokinet 26 144-160 [Pg.86]

Augustijns P, Annaert P, Heylen P, Mooter GV, Kinget R (1998) Drug absorption studies of prodrug esters using the Caco-2 model evaluation of ester hydrolysis and transepithelial transport. Int J Pharm 166 45-53 [Pg.86]

3 ScHOENHEiMER, R. The Dynamic State of Body Constituents, Harvard University Press, Cambridge, MA, 1942. [Pg.8]

11 Hershko, A. Regulation of Gene Expression, Harris, M. and Thompson, B., eds., U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC, [Pg.8]

19 Cieghanover, A., Heller, H., Katz-Etzion, R. and Hershko, A. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 1981, 78, 761-765. [Pg.8]

TABLE 11.4 Leading Causes of Death in the World hy Broad Income Group, 2002 [Pg.385]

Source World Health Organization. The Top 10 Causes of Death (2002), March 2007. http //www. who.int/mediacentre/factsheets/fs310/en/[accessed September 23,2007], [Pg.385]

Improve the infrastructure for problem detection and product information dissemination, to strengthen consumer protection and take timely, effective risk management actions with all FDA-regulated products. [Pg.386]

Pharmaceutical firms have to reexamine their strategies to devise means to increase their drug pipelines for continuous streams of products. The high failure rates of Investigational New Drugs during clinical trials (see Exhibit 5.8) necessitate the development of better assay systems and animal models that correlate closely with human pharmacodynamics and pharmacokinetics. The study of pharmacogenomics will be crucial to address this issue. [Pg.386]

There is still no effective drug for the treatment of Alzheimer s disease. To understand the strategy used to develop a drug for its treatment, a necessary condition rests with an understanding of the cause of the disease. [Pg.387]

The structure of [t-Bu2Cu(CN)Li2] in the solid state consists of isolated [t-Bu2Cu] anionic units and [Li2CN(THF)2(PMDTA)2] cationic units (Fig. 1.35). [Pg.37]

The structural features of the linear R-Cu-R arrangement are identical to those observed for other [R2CU] anionic units discussed previously (cf. Fig. 1.31). The [Li2CN(THF)2(PMDTA)2] cationic unit consists of a central cyanide moiety, to which two lithium atoms are bound in end-on fashion. Coordination saturation at each lithium atom is achieved by coordination of the three nitrogen atoms of the PMDTA molecule and one THF molecule, rendering each lithium atom penta-coordinate. Recent H, Li HOESY experiments showed that this ionic structure found in the solid state is probably retained in polar solvents such as THF [140]. [Pg.37]

The solution structures of cyano-Gilman cuprates and lower-order cyanocuprates have been studied by cryoscopic measurements in THF [141]. The results of this study have in several cases shown ways to obtain useful single crystals of several higher- and lower-order cyanocuprates and consequently to determine their structures in the solid state. It appears that a number of these cyanocuprates retain their observed solid-state structure when dissolved in THF. [Pg.37]

More recently, H, Li HOESY studies of the structures of cuprates in solution have been undertaken [24, 140]. As outlined in the previous section, the solid-state structures of neutral cuprates such as Cu2Li2Ph4(OEt2)2 may be described in terms of contact ion-pairs (CIPs) of [CuPh2] and [Li(OEt2)] +. These studies show that such simple cuprates exist in solution in equilibrium between the CIPs and solvent-separated ion-pairs (SSIPs), shown schematically for CuLiMe2 in Fig. 1.36. [Pg.38]

The present challenge for scientists is to use modern spectroscopic techniques (such as NMR, in situ IR, in situ EXAFS, and others already available, or which will become available in the near future) in combination with advanced theoretical calculations to obtain new insights into the actual mechanisms and species that play roles in reactions of well known organocopper and cuprate compounds. [Pg.39]

We have now concluded our consideration of the theory and methods of chemical thermodynamics. Our primary objective, to establish the principles and procedures by which the thermodynamic properties associated with a given transformation can be determined, has been acheived, and we have learned how these quantities can be used to judge the feasibility of that transformation. [Pg.527]

However, in emphasizing these aspects of the subject, we have neglected numerous broad fields in the realm of thermodynamics. Even within the areas to which we have limited ourselves, we have omitted any discussion of surface reactions [1], and we have paid only brief attention to problems of phase equilibria [2] and to electrochemical processes [3]. We also could have examined some topics of more theoretical interest, such as relativity and cosmology [4]. Similarly, we could have considered phase equilibria at high temperature and pressure [5]. [Pg.527]

Although we have indicated some applications of thermodynamics to biological systems, more extensive discussions are available [6]. The study of equilibrium involving multiple reactions in multiphase systems and the estimation of their thermodynamic properties are now easier as a result of the development of computers and appropriate algorithms [7]. [Pg.527]

The point of view adopted toward thermodynamics in this book is the classic or phenomenological one. This approach is the most general but also the least illuminating in molecular insight. The three basic principles of phenomenological thermodynamics are extracted as postulates from general experience, and no attempt is made to deduce them from equations describing the mechanical behavior of material [Pg.527]

Chemical Thermodynamics Basic Concepts and Methods, Seventh Edition. By Irving M. Klotz and Robert M. Rosenberg [Pg.527]

It is important in building up the rate law that a wide range of concentrations of species involved in the reaction be examined so that a complete picture can be obtained. By extending the concentrations of reactants used, additional rate terms have been revealed in the reaction of Fe(II) with Cr(VI),and Fe(II) with Co(C204)3 Ref. 191, and the rate law confirmed in the reaction of Co(CN)j with (by increasing the concentration with high pressure). In addition, a thorough study of the effect on the rate of reactants such as electrolytes, products and so forth is essential. Other variables, temperature and pressure particularly, will be explored in the next chapter. [Pg.50]

It would be blatantly untrue to suggest that the rate behavior of all complex-ion reactions could be fitted into categories contained in this chapter. There are many complicated reaction schemes that require solution by computer and this is becoming increasingly straightforward. It is also true that many complicated reactions can be reduced in complexity by judicious choice of reaction conditions and by so doing become amenable to the type of treatment outlined above. [Pg.50]

The concentration of a species is usually determined in situ using some physical property which is linearly dependent on its concentration. By far the most utilized is the uv/vis absorbance (see (1.80) and (3.21)). [Pg.50]

Melnyk, N. K. Kildahl, A. R. Rendina and D. H. Busch, J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 101, 3232 (1979). Full details are given for converting Oj-pressure-time profiles into initial rates of Oj evolution in [Pg.50]

No attempt will be made to derive the integrated form for these and subsequent differential equations. This is found in a number of places including Moore and Pearson, Harris and particularly in Capellos and Bielski. Neither do we intend to say much about computer treatment of raw kinetic data except that this is largely replacing their algebraic manipulation (K. B. Wiberg, B5, Chap. 16). [Pg.50]

The work described above constitutes the beginning of a new area in which the faradaic electrochemistry of discrete, electroactive nanoparticles is explored, both from a [Pg.192]

This effort was supported by the National Science Foundation under Grant No. 0313661. [Pg.193]

1 Raimondi, F., Scherer, G.G., Koetz, R. and Wokaun, A. (2005) Angewandte Chemie-International Edition, 44, 2190. [Pg.193]

4 Riley, D.J. (2002) Current Opinion in Colloid ei Interface Science, 7, 186. [Pg.193]

6 Bard, A.J., Ding, Z. and Myung, N. (2005) Structure and Bonding Springer (Berlin, Germany), Semiconductor Nanocrystals and Silicate Nanoparticles, vol. 118, 1. [Pg.193]

We have described two complementary tools for controlled modification of structures and their application to building databases for virtual screening. It is likely that virtual screening tools will integrate this capability to an increasing extent in the future. [Pg.283]

We have also shown how 2-D molecular editing can be used to identify relationships between structures and perform other analysis that would be difficult using conventional substructural perception. [Pg.284]

It is a pleasure to acknowledge helpful discussions with David Cosgrove, James Damewood, James Empfield, Charles Lerman, Sorel Muresan, Tim Perkins, Roger Sayle, George Stratton, Peter Taylor, Dave Timms, David Weininger and Jeremy Yang. [Pg.284]

1 Walters, W.P., Stahl, M.T., and Murcko, M.A. Virtual screening - an overview. Drug Disc. Today 1998, 3, 160-178. [Pg.284]

2 Lyne, P.D. Structure-based virtual screening an overview. Drug Disc. Today 2002, 7, 1047-1055. [Pg.284]

6 A Practical Approach in the Design of Colon-specific Drug Delivery Systems [Pg.170]

Copyright 2001 Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH ISBNs 3-527-29989-0 (Hardcover) 3-527-60006-X (Electronic) [Pg.171]

7 Vascular Endothelium in Inflamed Tissue as a Target for Site Selective Delivery of Drugs [Pg.171]

Maaike Everts, Astrid J Schraa, Lou F. M. H. de Leij, Dirk K. F. Meijer, Grietje Molema [Pg.171]

Asymmetric Oxidation Reactions, Katsuki, T. (Ed.) Oxford Univ. Press, 2004. [Pg.55]

Nozaki, H. Moriuti, S. Takaya, H. Noyori, R. Tetrahedron Lett. 1966, 5239-5244. [Pg.56]

Yamada, T. Imagawa, K. Nagata, T. Mukaiyama, T. Chem. Lett. 1992, 2231-2234. [Pg.56]

Here and are the equilibrium bond lengths and xh and hb are the parameters that describe the decreasing bond order. It is obvious that at or rxH = the Pxh and Phb transform to unity. Then, going to the hydrogen bound to bo X and B atoms in a hydrogen-bonded complex X-H- B, its total valence remains equal to unity [Pg.25]

This equation implies that the difference between the usual covalent bond and the hydrogen bond is not qualitative but has only a quantitative character The hydrogen bond exhibits the smaller valence bond order. In these terms, for example, hydrogen bonds H- O in ice correspond to a covalent bonding of 5%. [Pg.25]

Hydrogen bonds X-H B are classified as classical (B =0, N, etc.), non-classical or nonconventional (B =carbenes, carbanions, or n-electronic systems and metal atoms), and inverse A-H + B (where the hydrogen atom provides electrons that another, nonhydrogen atom accepts). [Pg.25]

An interaction can be termed a hydrogen bond when it corresponds to modem criteria based on the topology of the electron density. [Pg.25]

Hydrogen bonds can be cooperative or anticooperative based on their mutual polarization. [Pg.25]

A very large, and rapidly increasing, body of charge density information on molecular crystals is now available. For the many high-quality studies of molecular crystals not discussed above, the reader is referred to the original papers and to literature reviews on the subject. [Pg.287]

Fujishima A, Sugiyama E, Honda K (1971) Photosensitized electrolytic oxidation of iodide ion on cadmium sulfide single crystal electrode. Bull Chem Soc Jpn 44 304 [Pg.465]

Gerischer H (1975) Electrochemical photo and solar cells principles and some experiments. J Electroanal Chem Interfacial Electrochem 58 263-275 [Pg.465]

Williams R (1960). Becquerel photovoltaic effect in binary compound. J Chem Phys 32 1505 [Pg.465]

Ginley DS, Butler MA (1978) Platband potential of cadmium sulfide (CdS) photoanodes and its dependence on surface ion effects. J Electrochem Soc 125 1968-1974 [Pg.465]

Gerischer H (1979) Solar photoelectrolysis with semiconductor electrodes. In Seraphin BO, Aranovich JA (Eds.) Solar energy conversion solid state physics aspects. Springer, Berlin, pp. 114-172 [Pg.465]

We thank the Academy of Finland for support of this work (grant 1122921). We also thank Satyan Sharma and Andre Juffer (University of Oulu) as well as Antti Pohjakallio (Helsinki University of Technology) for helpful discussions and for assistance with the figures. [Pg.67]

10 Gresh, N., Leboeuf, M. and Salahub, D. (1994) Modeling the Hydrogen Bond, ACS Symposium Series 569, American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, pp. 82-112. [Pg.68]

18 Fersht, A. R. (1999) Structure and Mechanism in Protein Science, W.H. Freeman and Company, New York. [Pg.68]

79 pKa Data compiled by Williams, R. http / /research.chem.psu.edu/ brpgroup / p Ka compilation.pdf (accessed on July 14, 2009). [Pg.70]

Simple additivity mles relating ZPE + (Ht — Hq) energies to structural features have proved their usefulness in the past. [Pg.110]

Here they are examined primarily because they greatly facilitate the comparison between thermochemical results and calculations made for molecules in their hypothetical vibrationless state at 0 K. While, of course, preference is given to verifications involving only genuine experimental data, well-established structure-dependent regularities of zero-point plus heat content energies considerably augments the number of molecules that can be tested. [Pg.110]

At times, the quality of the correlations obtained from bona fide spectral analyses surpasses what one would normally expect. In cycloalkanes, for example, any shrinking of a cycle accompanying the removal of one CH2 group translates into a regular decrease of ZPE + (Hr — Hq) by 18.545 kcal/mol it is truly remarkable that this regularity includes the shrinking of cyclopropane to give the two-membered cycle ethylene. [Pg.110]

In general, things are simpler than that, much to our advantage. Within the limits set by the precision of the present estimates, structural features like the chair, boat, or twist-boat conformations of cyclohexane rings, as well as the butane-gawc/ze effects or the cis-tmns isomerism of ethylenic compounds leave no recognizable distinctive trace in zero-point plus heat content energies. Indeed, whatever residual, presently [Pg.110]

This chapter is intended to highlight the most important developments on the synthesis and reactivity of allenylidene complexes excluding catalytic processes. [Pg.90]

Hartzler, H.D. (1961) Journal of the American Chemical Society, 83, 4990—4996. (a) Fischer, E.O., Kalder, H.J., Frank, A., Kohler, F.H. and Huttner, G. (1976) Angewandte Chemie-International Edition in English, 15, 623-624. (b) Berke, H. (1976) Angewandte Chemie-Intemational Edition in English, 15, 624. [Pg.91]

6 Binger, P., Muller, P., Wenz, R. and Mynott, R. (1990) Angewandte Chemie-International Edition in English, 29, 1037-1038. [Pg.92]

15 (a) Bustelo, E., Jimenez-Tenorio, M., Puerta, M.C. and Valerga, P. (2001) European Journal of Inorganic Chemistry, 2391-2398. (b) Aneetha, H., Jimenez-Tenorio, M., Puerta, M.C., Valerga, P. and Mereiter, K (2003) Organometallics, 22, 2001-2013. [Pg.93]

Organometallics, 24,4654-A665. (e) Rigaut, S Perruchon, J., Guesmi, S., Fave, C Touchard, D. and Dixneuf, P.H. (2005) European Journal of Inorganic Chemistry, 447-460. [Pg.93]

Most diffusion processes encountered in Earth sciences are, strictly speaking, multicomponent diffusion. For example, even self -diffusion of oxygen isotopes from an 0-enriched hydrothermal fluid into a mineral is likely due to chemical diffusion of H2O into the mineral (see Section 3.3.3). Because a natural melt contains at least five major components and many trace components, diffusion in nature is complicated to treat. For multicomponent and anisotropic minerals, [Pg.263]

The effective binary approach is sometimes excellent, and often not good enough. These points are summarized here again [Pg.264]

For a complete description of the diffusion process, the diffusion matrix approach is necessary as in the following examples [Pg.264]

Experimental determination of the diffusion coefficient matrix is time-consuming and labor-intensive. Nonetheless, diffusion studies have advanced significantly in recent years. Hence, with persistence and concerted effort, it is possible that reliable and reproducible diffusivity matrices for major components in some natural melts will become available in the near future. [Pg.265]

In principle, the diffusion matrix approach can be extended to trace elements. My assessment, however, is that in the near future diffusion matrix involving 50 diffusing components will not be possible. Hence, simple treatment will still have to be used to roughly understand the diffusion behavior of trace elements the effective binary diffusion model to handle monotonic profiles, the modified effective binary diffusion model to handle uphill diffusion, or some combination of the diffusion matrix and effective binary diffusion model. [Pg.265]

In Chapter 1 of this book, psychopharmaceuticals were introduced as effective medicines that primarily have a symptomatic action but are problematic in several respects. Antipsvchotics can cause serious side effects and antidepressants often exert their therapeutic effects only after a delay of weeks and in many cases have unpleasant side effects. With anxiolytics, hypnotics and, in particular, psychostimulants, there are problems with habituation and the potential of dependency. It is therefore not surprising that psychopharmaceuticals do not enjoy a very high reputation among many doctors and the general public (see Box 8.1) and have been given names such as chemical strait-jackets for the older neuroleptics (Szasz, 1957) or chemical blinkers for the mind for tranquillizers. Elomaa (1993) even posed the question of whether the long-tom use of conventional antipsychotics should be considered a crime against humanity. [Pg.261]

On the other hand, nurses and doctors who lived through the period before 1953/54 and then saw the introduction of modern psychopharmaceuticals could hardly believe the unprecedented therapeutic advances that these medicines provided how much suffering, anxiety and waste of human life could be eliminated inside and outside of psychiatric hospitals. Relief and sometimes elation, together with new therapeutic optimism, can be sensed in the early publications on the discovery of antipsychotics and antidepressants (see Chapter 2). [Pg.262]

In the following paragraphs we will attempt to determine more precisely the value and position of psychopharmaceuticals in the treatment of mental disorders. This will be done on the basis of a literature survey referring, with few exceptions, to comparative studies between two or more forms of therapy. Historically, the following tendencies can be detected in this area of comparative therapeutic research [Pg.262]

Problems of optimal dosage and duration of drug treatment for mental disorders have also been addressed in numerous controlled studies and are presented separately below for antipsychotics, antidepressants, mood stabilizers, anxiolytics and psychostimulants. This division again makes sense because the disorders treated and the therapeutic approaches used differ in significant aspects and the empirical studies carried out in the individual indications show major qualitative and quantitative differences. [Pg.263]

In the legal sense a flavouring substance must comply with certain criteria if referred to as natural . For example, it must be obtained from material of vegetable or animal origin, isolated by physical, enzymatic or microbiological processes. [Pg.402]

All details about starting materials and central production features should be known, in order to define exactly the status natural of a flavouring substance. In principle, the burden of proof is the responsibility of the producer. If necessary, production documents should be disclosed, in order to get objective authenticity assessment by qualified and authorised experts. Constructive cooperation between food researchers, the food industry and authorities will be stimulating to quality assessment in the food industry and will enhance consumer confidence [83]. [Pg.402]

The presented work of the author s group was supported by the Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft (DFG) and the Forschungskreis der Ernahrungsin-dustrie (FBI). Last, but not least, I would like to thank my co-workers for high motivation and enthusiastic support. [Pg.403]

Konig WA, Lutz S, Wenz G, van der Bey E (1988) Cyclodextrins as chiral stationary phases in capillary gas chromatography II. Heptakis(3-0-acetyl-2,6-di-0-pentyl)-/ -cyclodextrin. J High Resolut Chromatogr Chromatogr Commun 11 506 [Pg.403]

Armstrong DW, Chang C-D, Li WY (1990) Relevance of enantiomeric separation in food and beverage analyses. J Agric Food Chem 38 1674 [Pg.403]

We have briefly covered some of the important developments in structural characterization techniques. There are many other techniques such as Mossbauer spectroscopy, positron annihilation and Rutherford backscattering which have wide applications. Mossbauer spectroscopy is specially useful to investigate different oxidation states, spin-states and coordinations of metal ions, phase transitions, magnetic ordering. [Pg.112]

Debye-Waller factors, etc. Applications of this versatile tool in solid state chemistry have been extensively reviewed in the literature. [Pg.113]

It is important to point out that a combination of techniques is often necessary to understand a phenomenon fully or solve a structural problem in solid state chemistry. All the tools of solid state chemistry generally employed to investigate crystalline solids [Pg.113]

The part of the sialic acid molecule that is principally responsible for this biological function is still unknown the supposed, main con- [Pg.232]

In view of the appearance ol neuraminic acid in evolution, the question must be posed as to which molecule pre-existed, and may still be found, in those primitive animals unable to synthesize sialic acids where comparable functions might be expected, for example, in cell membranes, or in the nervous system. Are such molecules uronic acids, or neutral sugars, substituted by such acids as phosphoric or sulfuric acid At this point, the present essay may he concluded by point- [Pg.233]

I should like to thank my coworkers at the Universities of Bochum and Kiel who have contributed to the progress in the chemistry and biology of sialic acid over the past 14 years, and also the many colleagues, all over the world, who have given me advice, and participated in fruitful collaboration. Thanks are also due A. P. Corfield, G. Reuter (University of Kiel), and H. Rahmann (University of Stuttgart-Hohenheim) for assistance and criticism during the preparation of the manuscript. [Pg.234]

Department of Biochemistry, Tulane University School of Medicine, [Pg.235]

New Orleans, Louisiana 70112,- Delta Regional Primate Research Center, Tulane University, Covington, Louisiana 70433 [Pg.235]

In many cases it is easy to detect some catalytic activity of an enzyme in an organic solvent. However, in order to get practically useful reaction rates there is normally a need to design the enzyme preparation and the reaction conditions with much care and thought. Hopefully, this chapter and its references can help in this task. A more extensive collection of practical advice on this topic can be found in [75]. [Pg.22]

Hailing, M. Lindsay, B. D. Moore, D. A. Robb, R. Ulijn, R. Valivety, in Enzymes in nonaqueous solvents (Eds. [Pg.22]

Vulfson, P. J. Hailing, H. L Holland), Humana Press, Totowa, New Jersey, 2001, pp. 105-126. [Pg.22]

Wehtje, I. Evensson, P. Adlercreutz, B. Mattiasson, Biotechnol. Tech. 1993, 7, 873-878. [Pg.22]

Wehtje, P. Adlercreutz, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1997,1343, 76-84. [Pg.23]

Bertini, I. Gray, H. B. Lippard, S. J. Valentine, J. S. Bioinorganic Chemistry , Univ. Sci. Books Mill Valley, California, 1994. [Pg.262]

Turner, A. P. F. Karube, I. Wilson, G. S. Biosensors. Fundamentals and Applications , Oxford University Press Oxford, New York, Tokyo, 1987. [Pg.262]

Caspar, S. Bontidean, I. Collins, A. Niculescu, M. Nistor, C. Sukharev, V. Ryabov, A. D. Csoregi, E. Recent Res. Dev. Anal. Chem , Vol. 2 Ed. Pandalai, S. G. Transworld Research Network Kerala, India, 2002, p. 33. [Pg.263]

Wohlfahrt, G. Witt, S. Hendle, J. Schomburg, D. Kalisz, H. M. Hecht, H.-J. Acta Crystallograph., Sect. D Biol. Crystallograp. 1999, D55, 969. [Pg.263]

Bioinorganic Catalysis , Eds. Reedijk, J. Bouwman, E. Marcel Dekker, Inc New York, 1999, p. 563. [Pg.263]

2 Alcock, N.W. and Countryman, R.M. (1977) Journal of The Chemical Society-Dalton Transactions, 217. [Pg.342]

4 Haiduc, I. (2004) Secondary Bonding, in Encyclopedia of Supramolecular Chemistry (eds J.L. Atwood and JW. Steed), Dekker, New York, pp. 1215-1224. [Pg.342]

1 Swiegers, G.F. and Malefetse, T.J. (2000) New self-assembled structural motifs in coordination chemistry. Chem. Rev., 100, (9) 3483-3537. [Pg.110]

2 Riley, D.P. (1999) Functional mimics of superoxide dismutase enzymes as thera-peuticagents. Chem. Rev, 99 (9), 2573-2588. [Pg.110]

3 Peterson, C.J. (1967) Cyclic polyethers and their complexes with metal salts. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 89 (26), 7017-7036. [Pg.110]

4 Helgeson, R.C., Weisman, G.R., Toner, J.L., Tarnowski, T,L., Chao, Y., Mayer, J.M. and Cram, D.J, (1979) Host-guest complexation, 18. Effects on cation binding of convergent ligand sites appended to macrocyclic polyethers. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 101 (17), 4928-4941. [Pg.110]

5 Fujita, M. and Ogura, K. (1996) Transition-metal-directed assembly of well-defined organic architectures possessing large voids from macrocycles to [2]catenanes. Coord. Chem. Rev, 148, 249-264. [Pg.110]

We have seen that whereas some authors have used the energy of activation of a reaction as a criterion of catalyst activity, others have felt it more desirable to use the rate, fc. Often the Arrhenius equation has been found to be useful [Pg.41]

As many authors have indicated, it is well to be aware of the dangers involved in assuming that bulk and surface properties are the same differences in bond hydridization are to be expected. However, the bulk [Pg.42]

The Catalytic Action of Surfaces. Williams Norgate, London, 1937. [Pg.43]

and Jones, H., Properties of Metals and Alloys. Oxford Univ. Press, London, 1936. [Pg.43]

Hume-Rothery, W., Atomic Theory for Students of Metallurgy. Institute of Metals, London, 1946. [Pg.43]

In conclusion Table 1.9 shows the n values of eqn (1.249) for various defect complexes. [Pg.111]

In this chapter non-stoichiometric compounds derived from point defects have been reviewed mainly from a thermodynamical point of view, and many examples have been presented for the purpose of understanding the nature of non-stoichiometry. As mentioned above it is not necessary to take the interaction between defects for vacancies) into consideration if the [Pg.111]

The precise determination of the cluster structure is indispensable in the understanding of the chemical and physical properties of these substances. The development of calculation methods for the stability of defect complexes is expected in the near future. [Pg.112]

Libowitz and N. B. Hannay (eds). Treatise on solid state chemistry, 1, 335, Plenum Press, New York, London, 1975. [Pg.112]

The increasing demands for cleaner, more environmentally friendly fuels have prompted major interest in the fundamental understanding of one of the oldest refinery processes in use today, hydrodesulfurization. New standards are being set that are difficult to achieve with today s catalysts and installed equipment. This has presented a challenge to researchers throughout the world to develop new technology in a field that is quite mature and has been continually improved over a period exceeding 72 years. [Pg.466]

The opportunities for novel, innovative research in this area are numerous and the seriousness of the problem is such that efforts will be and should be devoted to providing the new processes necessary for preserving and/or improving the environment of the earth while allowing the standard of living of mankind to advance. [Pg.467]

Harris, S., and Chianelli, R. R., in Theoretical Aspects of Heterogeneous Catalysis (J. B. Moffat, ed.), Catalyst Ser., p. 206. Van Nostrand-Reinhold, New York, 1990. [Pg.467]

Weisser, O., and Landa, S., Sulfide Catalysts, Their Properties and Applications. Pergamon, New York, 1973. [Pg.467]

Chemical Inspection and Testing Institute of Japan Report on Advanced Refining Technologies for Gas Oil Distillate (1989). [Pg.467]

Finally, details of the synthesis of heteropolysaccharides in plants are as yet completely unknown. The structural similarities among some plant gums and such bacterial exopolysaccharides as xanthan gum suggest that similar mechanisms may be operative in bacteria and in plants. Lipid intermediates could be suggested as potential glycosyl donors in the formation of plant gums and mucilages. [Pg.385]

It should be emphasized that, although lipid-activated sugars provide the only well known mechanism for transglycosylation reactions occurring across a membrane, other mechanisms cannot be precluded. More, active research is needed in order to elucidate the mechanism of synthesis of several plant glycans. [Pg.385]

Zelinsky Institute for Organic Chemistry, Academy of Sciences of the U.S.S.R., Leninsky Prospect, Moscow B-334, USSR [Pg.387]

The glycosphingolipids of mammals are known to be cellular-membrane components,1 5 organized in such a way that their lipid moiety, namely, acylated sphingosine (usually called ceramide), is submerged into the outer leaflet of the plasma-membrane bilayer, and contributes to its structural [Pg.387]

Copyright 1986 by Academic Press, Inc. All rights of reproduction in any form reserved. [Pg.387]

Structural, thermodynamic, and kinetic studies have shown that hydroxo-bridged polynuclear complexes of (diromium(III), cobalt(III), rhodium(III), and iridium(III) have many general features in common. Structurally, the four metal ions exhibit an almost identical pattern, and in particular the occurrence of many well-characterized oligomers [Pg.156]

Only a few thermodynamic studies have been made of intermolecu-lar condensation reactions between mononuclear and relatively simple oligomeric species, and kinetic studies of such reactions have first been reported only quite recently. Charge effects seem to play a dominant role, although another important factor may be the formation of intermolecular hydrogen-bonded cation pairs. [Pg.157]

A large body of thermodynamic as well as kinetic data for intramolecular bridge-cleavage and -formation reactions has been accumulated during the last two decades. These reactions are usually very fast and reversible, and in this sense are related to the preequilibria observed during the hydrolysis of bidentate ligands. [Pg.157]

Hydroxo bridge cleavage in the presence of anionic nucleophiles, which is a facile method for the synthesis of mixed bridge complexes, [Pg.157]

Finally, it should be noted that this chemistry may have biological relevance. Several metalloenzymes are believed to contain more than one metal ion bound at the active site. One relevant example is the glucose tolerance factor (GTF) which is important for the metabolic degradation of glucose (398-401). GTF is a low-molecular-weight protein which contains chromium(III). Its structure is not known, but it has been suggested that the active site contains a dinuclear chromium(III) complex (401). The fact that hydroxo-bridged dinuclear chromium(III) complexes exhibit reactions which are often very fast compared with those observed for the parent mononuclear species seems to support such a proposal. [Pg.158]

While the trend of the research activity in the area of multiplicity and periodic activity in the 1960s has been focused on theoretical investigation, the recent development has indicated an increase of experimental information. However, the number of experimental papers in comparison with the theoretical studies is still low and the need for additional laboratory studies is obvious. We have tried in this report to focus only on experimental papers and on behavior of real systems. We hope that a qualitative description of multiplicity and oscillations phenomena presented here will catalyze the research oriented to more detailed investigation of fundamental laws governing transport phenomena in chemically reacting systems. [Pg.94]

Aziridines represent another group of cyclic monomers that are capable of copolymerizing with C02 to potentially provide useful polymeric materials, namely polyurethanes. Early studies of the reactions of aziridines with C02 led to the production of cyclic urethanes [72] and polymers [73, 74], but the polymeric product was shown to consist of both urethane and amine linkages, as depicted in Equation 8.7. However, because the rate of homopolymerization of aziridines is similar to that of the copolymerization of aziridines and C02, the urethane linkages were limited to -30%. [Pg.245]

In this chapter, some of the essential aspects of the synthesis and characterization of copolymers derived from the coupling of C02 with various monomers, namely, epoxides, oxetanes, and aziridines, have been reviewed. In addition, the use of carbon disulfide as a resource for copolymer production was introduced, and the present understanding of the mechanistic aspects of processes involving cyclic ethers and C02 catalyzed by well-defined metal systems has been emphasized. This knowledge has led to the development of catalytic systems capable of controlling not only the product selectivity but also the regio- and stereoregularities of the resultant copolymers. [Pg.245]

The transformation of C02 into polymeric materials, thus offsetting the demand for petroleum-based resources, has matured to a point where it is currently being [Pg.245]

The authors original research on the utilization of C02 as a source of chemical carbon has been funded over the years by the US. National Science Foundation and the R.A. Welch Foundation of Texas. [Pg.246]

1 Brunelle, D.J. and Korn, M.R. (eds) (2005) Advances in Polycarbonates. Proceedings of Symposium of the American Chemical Society held March 2003 in Washington, DC, ACS Symp. Ser. 898, [Pg.246]

The extensive studies on substrate and inhibitor specificity, on kinetics of hydrolysis, and on the influence of pH variations on the reactions catalyzed by cholinesterases have given very instructive information on the structure of the active surface and the mechanism of enzymatic hydrolysis. The conclusions reached in the various chapters of the present dis- [Pg.161]

and Wilbrandt, W., Helv. Physiol, et Pharmacol. Acta 12, 206 (1954). [Pg.162]

Ingold, C. K., Structure and Mechanism in Organic Chemistry. Cornell Univ. Press, Ithaca, New York, 1953. [Pg.163]

and Edsall, J. T., Proteins, Amino Acids and Peptides. Reinhold, New York, 1943. [Pg.163]

HPLC-UV-NMR can now be considered to be a routine analytical technique for pharmaceutical mixture analysis and for many studies in the biomedical field. HPLC-UV-NMR-MS is becoming more routine with a considerable number of systems now installed worldwide, but the chromatographic solvent systems are limited to those compatible with both NMR spectroscopy and mass spectrometry. The increased use of HPLC-UV-IR-NMR-MS is possible, but it is unlikely to become widespread, and the solvent problems are more complex. The future holds the promise of new technical advances to improve efficiency, and to enhance routine operation. These approaches include the use of small-scale separations, such as capillary electrochromatography, greater automation, and higher sensitivity and lower NMR detection limits through the use of NMR detectors cooled to cryogenic temperatures. [Pg.84]

Taylor, S., Wright, B., Clayton, E. and Wilson, I. D., Rapid Commun. Mass Spectrom., 1998, 12, 1732. [Pg.85]

Ludlow, M., Louden, D., Handley, A., Taylor, S. and Wright, B., Anal. Commun., [Pg.85]

Impurities in New Drug Substances, International Conference on Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for Registration of Pharmaceuticals for Human Use. Recommended for Adoption. 7 Feb. 2002. ICH Steering Committee, Geneva, Switzerland. [Pg.85]

Bringmann, G., Messe, K., Wohlfarth, M., Kraus, J., Dumbuya, K. and Ruckert, [Pg.86]

The chemistry illustrated above demonstrates the outstanding potential of metal-catalyzed processes for the discovery of new multicomponent one-pot reactions. [Pg.270]

1 (a) Diederich, F. Stang, P. J., eds. Metal-catalyzed Cross-coupling Reactions Wiley-VCH, Weinheim, Germany, 1998 (b) Tsuji, J. Transition Metal Reagents and Catalysts J. Wiley Sons Chichester, 2000. [Pg.271]

2 For exhaustive illustrations of Pd-mediated cascade reactions, see (a) Negishi, E.-I., ed. Handbook of Organopalladium Chemistry for Organic Synthesis, Vols. 1 and 2 J. Wiley Sons, Chichester, 2002 (b) Tsuji, [Pg.271]

Pcdladium Reagents and Catalysts Innovations in Organic Synthesis, [Pg.271]

3 The following revue deals with Pd-mediated multicomponent synthesis of heterocydes Balme, G. [Pg.271]

Without any doubt, the application of GIS in the drying field is of great potential and it is reasonable to expect that drying technologies employing GIS will appear in various industries in the coming years. [Pg.151]

Other noteworthy points are that electricity requirements of the pump in the steam cycle (incompressible fluid) are less important than the requirements of the compressor in the gas turbine cycle (compressible fluid) and that inefficiencies in the latter can reduce the overall thermodynamic efficiency a great deal. [Pg.139]

The combined cycle and the combined cycle cogeneration plant showed that waste heat could be put to good use, thus generating less lost work. The process conditions used in the analysis of the combined cycle plant were chosen for illustrative purposes and were arbitrary. In practice, the conditions are generally chosen to increase power output (see, e.g., Chapter 5). [Pg.139]

We wish to alert the reader that in the analyses presented above, the results were essentially independent of the type of fuel used. From an efficiency point of view, this may be true, but from a sustainability point of view, it is not. In general, gas is a much cleaner burning fuel than coal and requires less pre- and posttreatment. Even though the standard power generation plants can be made more efficient using thermodynamic analysis (lost work, availability, or exergy analysis), we note that power generation based on fossil fuels is not sustainable since the combustion of these fuels leads to increased [Pg.139]

C02 levels and the depletion of finite resources. Alternatives such as hydroelectric and solar power energy should be considered if man is to live in a truly sustainable society. The necessary tools and insights will be developed in Part IV. [Pg.140]

McDougal, A. Fuel Cells, John Wiley Sons New York, 1976. [Pg.140]

The individual ratios, Ex/Em and Fx/Fm, are then determined by fitting eqn. (6.349) to measured data of glass transition temperatures as a function of cure. We can take eqn. (6.349) and solve for the degree of cure [Pg.331]

This chapter gave an overview of how to simplify complex processes sufficiently to allow the use of analytical models for their analysis and optimization. These models are based on mass, momentum, energy and kinetic balance equations, with simplified constitutive models. At one point, as the complexity and the depth of these models increases by introducing more realistic geometries and conditions, the problems will no longer have an analytical solution, and in many cases become non-linear. This requires the use of numerical techniques which will be covered in the third part of this book, and for the student of polymer processing, perhaps in a more advanced course. [Pg.331]

1 Plot the screw characteristic curve at 40, 80 and 120 rpm screw speed for a 45 mm square pitch extruder with a channel depth of 4 mm in the metering section and a flight width of 4 mm. The metering section of the extruder is 5 turns long. Assume a Newtonian viscosity n =1000 Pa-s. [Pg.331]

3Another form of this equation was presented in Chapter 2 as Tg = Tgo + [Pg.331]

2 You are to use a square pitch 60 mm diameter extruder to extrude fibers through a spinnerette with 100 capillaries. Each capillary has a 0.2 mm diameter and is 1mm long. [Pg.332]

Insofar as any general conclusions on the use of single extractants can rigorously be made in view of the extensive and sometimes contradictory literature on the subject, it may be helpful to present the authors view of the best usage of selective extraction. [Pg.286]

There are two aspects to the use of single extractants. Firstly they are used for the prediction of plant availability, plant uptake or plant growth in an agricultural context. Selective single extractants for most essential nutrient trace elements have been identified and validated for these purposes for different crops and soil types by field experiments relating plant, uptake, growth or health over several years. Of these, the most successful and widely used are EDTA, acetic acid and ammonium acetate. Similar validated extractants are also available for a few toxic elements such as molybdenum (to animals) or nickel at excess soil contents that can occur as a result of natural, geological, soil parent material contents. [Pg.286]

For industrially contaminated land, however, the contents extracted by the extractants in wide use are, in general, poorly correlated with plant uptake, growth or health but are predictors only of element mobility or potential mobility and hence can, at least potentially, be related to plant uptake in some environmental [Pg.286]

Sequential extraction is now a well-established tool in soil and sediment analysis. Although the approach is unlikely to provide precise information on the mineral phases to which trace metals are bound, it does provide useful information on potential mobilities of heavy metal contaminants which is not available from (pseudo)total metal determination. The adoption of standard protocols, such as that recommended by BCR, means that reliable and comparable data can be obtained by different laboratories. [Pg.287]

Particularly significant recent developments include the production of these standard protocols, the application of chemometric procedures, and attempts to bring together results of sequential extraction and biotoxicity testing (e.g. Wang et al., 1998) in order to produce information on bioavailability. [Pg.287]

The concept and synthesis of layered and graded materials (LGMs) from the infiltration technique have been introduced. The mechanical and fracture [Pg.150]

6 Caliceti P., O. Schiavon, M. Morpurgo, F.M. Veronese, L. Sartore, E. Ranucci, and P. Fermti. 1995. Physico-chemical and biological properties of monofunctional hydroxy terminating poly (N-vinylpyrroli-done) conjugated superoxide dismutase. [Pg.292]

7 Abuchowski A., J.R. McCoy, N.C. Palczuk, T. van Es, and F.F. Davis. 1977. Effect of covalent attachment of polyethylene glycol on immunogenicity and circulating life of bovine liver catalane. Biol. Chem. 252 3582-3586. [Pg.292]

Enhanced anti-inflammatory effect and reduced immunogenicity of bovine [Pg.292]

8 Tochilin V.P., I. Voronkov, and A.V. Mazaev. 1982. Use ofimmobilized streptokinase (streptodecase) for treating thromboses. [Pg.292]

5 Maeda H., J. Takeshita, and R. Kanamam. 1979. A lipophilic derivative of neo-carzinostatin. A polymer conjugation of [Pg.292]

Adsorption of 0.05 monolayers (ML) of CO on this surface gives rise to a peak at 2015 cm-1 corresponding to the internal C-0 stretch frequency of the molecule in the on-top adsorption site and one at 470 cm-1 due to the metal-molecule bond. The latter is not easily observable in infrared spectroscopy. Increasing the CO coverage to 0.33 ML enhances the intensity of the HREELS peaks. In addition, the C-O stretch frequency shifts upward because of dipole-dipole coupling [16, 17]. The LEED pattern corresponds to an ordered (V3xV3)R30° overlayer in Wood s notation (see the Appendix) in accordance with the coverage of 0.33 ML. [Pg.227]

The top spectrum in Fig. 8.14 is that of a saturated CO overlayer on Rh(l 11), corresponding to a coverage of 0.75 ML. The LEED pattern is that of a (2x2) periodicity, implying that the unit cell contains 3 CO molecules. The HREELS spectrum indicates that CO is now present in two adsorption states, linear (2070 cm ) and threefold (1861 cm-1). In spite of the fact that one unit cell contains one linear and two threefold CO molecules, the HREELS intensity of the linear CO peak is larger than that of the threefold CO. Indeed, infrared and EELS intensities are often not proportional to surface coverages. In addition, transfer of intensity from peaks at lower frequencies to peaks at higher frequencies can occur. [Pg.227]

The interpretation of the HREELS spectrum and the structure belonging to the (2x2)-3CO LEED pattern has been the subject of some debate in the literature [57— 59], The CO stretch peak at the lower frequency had previously been assigned to a bridge-bonded CO [57], with obvious consequences for the way CO fills the (2x2) unit cell. A recent structural analysis from the same laboratory on the basis of tensor LEED has confirmed the structures of both the (V3xV3)R30° and the (2x2)-3CO as given in Fig. 8.14, i.e. with CO in linear and threefold positions in the (2x2)-3CO structure [58]. The assignments have also been supported by high-resolution XPS measurements [59], [Pg.227]

The intensity of the HREELS peaks, including that of the elastic peak, depends strongly on the adsorbate and the degree of ordering on the surface. Therefore it is common practice to scale all spectra with respect to the elastic peak, as has been done for the spectra in Fig. 8.14. [Pg.227]

Summarizing, infrared spectroscopy measures, in principle, force constants of chemical bonds. It is a powerful tool in the identification of adsorbed species and their bonding mode. Infrared spectroscopy is an in situ technique, which is applicable in transmission or diffuse reflection mode on real catalysts, and in reflection-absorption mode on single crystal surfaces. Sum frequency generation is a speciality [Pg.227]

In conclusion, the mechanism of catechol oxidation by the model compounds is very intricate, which obviously explains often contradictory literature reports on the catalytic behavior of copper(II) complexes. However, despite being sometimes controversial, studies on model compounds offer stimulating results, which improve our knowledge of the structure-activity relationships in natural systems. There is little doubt that the combination of distinct but complementary disci- [Pg.124]

1 Gray, H.B., Malmstrom, B.G. and Williams, R.J.P. (2000) Journal of Biological Inorganic Chemistry JBIG A Publication of the Society of Biological Inorganic Chemistry, 5, 551-9. [Pg.125]

6 Solomon, E.I., Hemming, B.L and Root, D.E. (1993) Bioinorganic Chemistry of Copper, (Eds. Karlin, K.D. andTyeklar, Z.), Kluwer Academic Publishers Group, Dordrecht, 3-20. [Pg.125]

10 Messerschmidt, A., Rossi, A., Ladenstein, R., Huber, R., Bolognesi, M., Gath, G., Machesini, A., Petruzzelli, R. and Finazzi-Agro, A. (1989) Journal of Molecular Biology, 206, 513-29. [Pg.125]

13 Tsukihara, T., Aoyama, H., Yamashita, E., Tomizaki, T., Yamaguchi, H., Shinzawa-Itoh, R., Nakashima, R., Yaono, R. and Yoshikawa, S. (1995) Science, 269, [Pg.125]

Silver salts and phosphine complexes have proved themselves as catalysts and mediators of a range of cycloadditions. No doubt only the tip of the iceberg has been uncovered regarding the possible applications of silver-mediated cycloadditions. [Pg.78]

Kobayashi, S. J0rgensen, K.A., eds., Cycloaddition Reactions in Organic Synthesis, Wiley-VCH, 2001. [Pg.79]

Alvarez-Corral, M. Munoz-Dorado, M. Rodriguez-Garcia, I., Chem. Rev. 2008, 108, 3174-3198. [Pg.79]

Carreira, E. M. Kvrernp, L., Classics in Stereoselective Synthesis, Wiley-VCH, 2009. [Pg.79]

Cahrera, S. Arrayas, R. G. Martin-Matute, B. Cossio, F. P. Carretero, J. C., Tetrahedron [Pg.81]

Torres-Suarez AI, Gil-Alegre ME. 1997. Wet granulation. In Swarbrick J and Boylan JC, editors. Encyclopedia of pharmaceutical technology, volume 16. New York Marcel Dekker. [Pg.112]

Summers M, Aulton M. 2002. Granulations. In Aulton M, editor. Pharmaceutics science of dosage form design. London Churchill Livingstone. [Pg.112]

Kristensen HG, Schaefer T. 1987. A review on pharmaceutical wet-granulations. Drug Dev. Ind. Pharm. 13(4-5) 803-872. [Pg.112]

Iveson SM, Litster JD, Hapgood K, Ennis BJ. 2001. Nucleation, growth and breakage phenomena in agitated wet granulation processes a review. Powder Technol. 117 3-39. [Pg.112]

In this chapter we have introduced some of the fundamental parameters which characterise solid materials, including particle size analysis, shape, [Pg.244]

The synthesis of a variety of organic compounds containing six-membered (and larger) rings can be achieved using photochemical reactions as the key step. In this chapter, an attempt has been made to select typical examples with a marked preparative value. In a number of cases, the photochemical synthesis is the method of choice, and occasionally there is no thermal counterpart. It should be noted that the list of reactions included here is not meant to be exhaustive, and additional examples are provided in several related reviews [1, 2, 41, 85, 86]. [Pg.313]

1 Hoffmann, N. (2008) Photochemical reactions as key steps in organic synthesis. Chemical Reviews, 108, 1052-1103. [Pg.313]

2 Griesbeck, A.G., Hoffmann, N., and Warzecha, K.D. (2007) Photoinduced-electron-transfer chemistry from studies on PET processes to applications in natural products synthesis. Accounts of Chemical Research, 40, 128-140. [Pg.313]

3 Casimir, J.R., Guichard, G., and Briand, J.-P. (2002) Methyl-2-(sucdnimidyl-N-oxycarbonyljbenzoate (MBS). A new, efficient reagent for N-phthaloylation of amino add and peptide derivatives. Journal of Organic Chemistry, 67, 3764—3768. [Pg.313]

4 Griesbeck, A.G., Henz, A., Kramer, W., Lex, J., Nerowski, F., and Oelgemoller, M. (1997) Synthesis of medium- and large-ring compounds initiated by photochemical decarboxylation of W-phthalimidoalkanoates. Helvetica Chimica Acta, 80, 912-933. [Pg.313]

Design of Active-Site-Directed Irreversible Enzyme Inhibitors, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, NY (1967). [Pg.85]

Jakoby, M. Wilchek(eds.) Methods in Enzymobgy, vol. 46, Academic Press, New York (1977). [Pg.85]

Tagaya, K. Miki-Takeda, M. Maeda, T. Fukui, M. Futai, J. Biol. Chem., 262, 7686 (1987). [Pg.85]

Tagaya, T. Noumi, K. Nakano, M. Futai, T. Fukui, FEBS Lett., 233, 347 (1988). [Pg.85]

Hisabori, Y. Kagawa, Biophys. Biochim. Acta, 933, 156 (1988). [Pg.86]

Akhmanova A, Voncken F, van Alen T, van Hoek A, Boxma B, Vogels G, Veenhuis M, Hackstein JH (1998b) A hydrogenosome with a genome. Nature 396 527-528 [Pg.269]

Akhmanova A, Voncken FG, Hosea KM, Harhangi H, Keltjens JT, op den Camp HJ, Vogels GD, Hackstein JH (1999) A hydrogenosome with pyruvate formate-lyase anaerobic chytrid fungi use an alternative route for pyruvate catabolism. Mol Microbiol 32 1103-1114 [Pg.269]

Shigeta Y, Tokumoto U, Takahashi Y, Nozaki T (2004) An intestinal parasitic protist, Entamoeba histolytica, possesses a non-redundant nitrogen fixation-like system for iron-sulfur cluster assembly under anaerobic conditions. J Biol Chem 279 16863-16874 [Pg.269]

Amaral Zettler LA, Nerad TA, O Kelly CJ, Peglar MT, Gillevet PM, Silberman JD, Sogin ML (2000) A molecular reassessment of the Leptomyxid amoebae. Protist 151 275-282 [Pg.269]

Anderson IJ, Loftus BJ (2005) Entamoeba histolytica observations on metabolism based on the genome sequence. Exp Parasitol 110 173-177 [Pg.269]

Knowledge of both the accessibility and stability of the various oxidation states of an element is fundamental to the understanding and predictability of that element s physicochemical behavior. For element 97, oxidation states 0, III, and IV are presently known and reasonably well characterized. [Pg.63]

Studies of berkelium metal under pressure should be continued to [Pg.63]

The preparation and characterization of intermetallic compounds and alloys of berkelium should be pursued, as well as the determination of the stability constants of Bk(IV) complexes. The range of oxidation states accessible to berkelium might be expanded by stabilizing Bk(II) and/or Bk(V) in highly complexing aqueous, nonaqueous, or even molten salt media and/or in appropriate solid-state matrices. [Pg.64]

Further work is necessary to elucidate more completely both the solid state and solution chemistries of berkelium. Complete knowledge of its physicochemical behavior is important for more accurate extrapolations to the behavior of the still heavier elements, for which experimental studies are often precluded by intense self-irradiation and/or by lack of material. [Pg.64]

Research sponsored by the Division of Chemical Sciences, U.S. Department of Energy, under contracts DE-AS05-76ER04447 with the University of Tennessee (Knoxville), W-7405-eng-26 with Union Carbide Corporation, and W-7405-eng-36 with the University of California. [Pg.64]

This chapter has been concerned with the meaning of convective heat transfer and the heat transfer coefficient . The dimensionless variables on which convective heat transfer rates depend have also been introduced using dimensional analysis. [Pg.26]

Variation of some properties of air at standard pressure with temperature. [Pg.27]

Discuss briefly SIX practical situations in which convective heat transfer occurs. [Pg.27]

Air flows through a plane duct, i.e., effectively between two large plates, with a width of 2 w. The flow can be assumed to be the same at all sections across the duct. The velocity distribution in the duct is approximately given by u - 12[(w - y)/w]1/5 m/s, y being the distance horn die center-plane to the point at which u is the velocity and the temperature distribution in the flow is approximately given by 60 - 40[(w — y)/w],/5eC. Find the mean temperature in the flow. [Pg.27]

In an electrical heater, energy is generated in a 1.5-mm diameter wire at a rate of 1200 W. Air at a temperature of 30°C is blown over the wire at a velocity that gives a mean heat transfer coefficient of SO W/m2°C. If the surface temperature of the wire is not to exceed 200°C, find the length of the wire. [Pg.27]

To review, PCDD/Fs enter the food chain primarily from the atmosphere. Diffusion of gaseous PCDD/Fs to the lipophilic cuticle is the primary mechanism of uptake into plants, although the deposition of particle-bound chemical likely [Pg.51]

81 WHO, Levels of PCBs, PCDDs, and PCDFs in Breast Milk, WHO Regional Office for Europe, FADL, Copenhagen, 1989. [Pg.51]

Bretthauer, H. W. Kraus and A. di Domenico, Dioxin Perspectives. A Pilot Study on InternationalInformationExchangeonDioxins and Related Compounds, Plenum Press, New York, 1991. [Pg.51]

In the preceding paragraphs we have indicated how a useful approximate reaction rate expression can be derived for catalysed reactions, starting from an assumed kinetic model of elementary reaction steps. [Pg.85]

The form of the resulting expression differs from the gas phase reaction rate expressions due to the presence of a denominator which represents the reduction in rate due to adsorption phenomena and of which the individual terms represent the distribution of the active sites among the possible surface complexes and vacancies. These expressions are termed the Langmuir-Hinshelwood-Hougen-Watson (LHHW) rate expressions. [Pg.85]

The steady-state approach generally yields complex rate expressions. A simplification is obtained by the introduction of the rate determining step and i/Mflsi-equilibrium steps, and by the initial reaction rate approach. [Pg.85]

In practice useful relations result even for the non-ideal heterogeneous surfaces of solid catalysts. Some reasons can be [Pg.85]

In this chapter the aspects of model selection/discrimination and parameter estimation and the experimental acquisition of kinetic data are not dealt with, since they fall fell outside its scope. Moreover, in interpreting the observed temperature dependency of the rate coefficients in this chapter it was assumed that we are dealing with intrinsic kinetic data. As will be shown in a Chapter 7, other, parasitic, phenomena of mass and heat transfer may interfere, disguising the intrinsic kinetics. Criteria will be presented there, however, to avoid this experimental problem. [Pg.85]

These significant findings form the basis of a set of design principles for the construction of molecular photovoltaic cells, and other nanoscale electronic devices, in which the control of both the rate and directionality of ET processes is an essential requirement. The successful construction of an artificial light-driven proton pump, based on principles of long-range ET processes illustrates the promise of this approach.239 [Pg.77]

It is impractical to synthesise nanoscale devices based solely on covalently linked redox systems and it is reassuring to learn that ET is also strongly mediated by the superexchange mechanism in non-covalently linked H-bonded networks240 249 and by solvent molecules, thereby opening the way for the construction of [Pg.77]

In this chapter, different morphologies of CNTs during fabrication were investigated, including isolated CNTs, short CNTs and CNT networks. The effect of morphologies and structures on tensile [Pg.417]

Functionalization of Carbon Nanotubes Characterization, Modeling and Composite Application , Doctoral Dissertation, Florida State University, 2006. [Pg.418]

Abraham, B.P. Grady, and D. Resasco, Journal of Polymer Science, Part B Polymer Physics, Vol. 45, p. 490,2007. [Pg.419]

Marietta-Tondin, Z. Liang, C. Zhang, and B. Wang, Materials Science and Engineering A, Vol. 385, p. 175, 2004. [Pg.420]

Yudasaka, M. Zhang, C. Jabs, and S. Iijima, Applied Physics, A Materials Science and Processing, Vol. 71, p. 449,2000. [Pg.420]

Dickson, S. E., Bakker, J., and Kitai, A., Chemical Economics Handbook, 602.5020A-.5021L, SRI International, Menlo Park, California, 1982. [Pg.127]

Mullen, A., in New Syntheses with Carbon Monoxide (J. Falbe, ed.), Chapter 3.2. Springer-Verlag, Berlin and New York, 1980. [Pg.127]

Collman, J. P., and Hegedus, L. S., Principles and Applications of Organotransition Metal Chemistry, p. 270. University Science Books, Mill Valley, California, 1980. [Pg.128]

New Syntheses with Carbon Monoxide. Springer-Verlag, Berlin and New York, 1980. [Pg.128]

I should like to thank in particular the Wellcome Trust and the Leverhulme Trust for generous funding of the research activities described here over many [Pg.262]

Luheshi, D.C. Crowther, C.M. Dobson, Curr. Opin. Chem. Biol. 12, 25 [Pg.263]

Hardesty, G. Kramer, Prog. Nucleic Acid Res. Mol. Biol. 66, 41 (2001) [Pg.263]

Hammon, A. Helenius, Curr. Opin. Cell. Biol. 7, 523 (1995) [Pg.263]

Dobson, in Physical Biology From Atoms to Medicine, ed. A.H. Zewail (Imperial College Press, London, 2008), pp. 289-335 [Pg.264]

Contamination by enzymes is a main drawback of the procedure, especially in the isolation of residual lignin from semi-bleached pulps. The contaminants cannot be completely removed by the purification procedure described above. Consequently, it is important to determine the nitrogen content of the residual lignin. Typical values of nitrogen content are 2.5% and 7.3% before purification and 0.6% and 2.3% after purification for residual lignins isolated from an unbleached and a semi-bleached southern pine kraft pulp, respectively (Jiang et al. 1987). [Pg.73]

Chang H-m, Cowling EB, Brown W, Adler E, Miksche G (1975) Comparative studies on cellulolytic enzyme lignin and milled wood lignin of sweetgum and spruce. Holzforschung 29 153-159 [Pg.74]

Jiang J-E, Chang H-m, Bhattacharjee SS, Kwoh DLW (1987) Characterization of residual lignins isolated from unbleached and semi-bleached softwood kraft pulps. J Wood Chem Techno 1 7 81-96 [Pg.74]

Pew JC (1957) Properties of powdered wood and isolation of lignin by cellulytic enzymes. TAPPI 40 553-558 [Pg.74]

Pew JC, Weyna P (1962) Fine grinding, enzyme digestion, and the lignin-cellulose bond in wood. Tappi 45 247-256 [Pg.74]

The weird EC, CE, ECE. .. jargon of molecular electrochemists, a community well exposed to single electron transfer, draws a sharp distinction between electron-transfer ( E ) and chemical reactions ( C ). Should they now totally abandon this dichotomy and see, together with all molecular chemists, single electron transfer in every chemical reaction, particularly in every nucleophilic substitution [Pg.119]

whatever the interest of conceiving electron-pair transfer reactions such as Sn2 substitution as an inner sphere electron-transfer process, single electron transfer is intended to qualify reactions in which the rate-determining step is an outer sphere, non-dissociative or dissociative electron-transfer step preceding the bond-formation step, then the answer is no. There are a number of cases where true SN2 mechanisms (in which the bond-breaking and bond-formation steps are concerted) do occur, even with nucleophiles that are members of reversible one-electron reversible redox couples. In terms of activation energy, the SN2 mechanism merges with the outer sphere, dissociative electron-transfer mechanism when the bonded interactions in the transition state vanish. Steric constraints at the electro- [Pg.119]

Aleman, C., Maseras, F Lledos, A., Duran, M. and Bertran, J. (1990). J. Phys. Org. Chem., in press [Pg.121]

Amatore, C., Saveant, J.-M. and Thiebault, A. (1979b). J. Electroanal. Chem. 103, 303 [Pg.121]

Meadows, D. I. Meadows, J. Ran-ders, W.W. Behrens, Limits to Growth, New American Library, New York, 1972. [Pg.380]

Bothast in Fuels and Chemicals from Biomass, B.C. Saha, J. Woodward (Eds), ACS Symposium Series, Vol. 666, ACS, Washington, 1997, pp. 46-56. [Pg.380]

15 OECD, The Application of Biotechnology to Industrial Sustainability, OECD Publications, Paris (Fr), 2001, pp. 133-136. [Pg.380]

van Beynum, J.A. Roels, Starch Conversion Technology, Dekker, New York, 1985. [Pg.380]

Dezellus, O., Hodaj, F. and Eustathopoulos, N. (1998) in Proc. 2nd Int. Conf. on High Temperature Capillarity, Cracow (Poland), 29 June-2 July 1997, ed. N. Eustathopoulos and N. Sobczak, published by Foundry Research Institute (Cracow), p. 18 Drevet, B., Landry, K., Vikner, P. and Eustathopoulos, N. (1996) Scripta Mater., 35,1265 Dussan V., E. B. and Davis, S. (1974)/ Fluid Mech., 65,71 Ebrill, N. (1999) Ph.D. Thesis, University of Newcastle, Australia [Pg.103]

Eremenko, V., Kostrova, L. and Lesnic, N. (1995) in Proc. Int. Conf. High Temperature Capillarity, Smolenice Castle, May 1994, ed. N. Eustathopoulos, Reproprint Bratislava, p. 113 [Pg.103]

Eustathopoulos, N. (1996) in Proc. of JIMIS-8, Interface Science and Materials Interconnection, Toyama, Japan 1-4 July, The Japan Institute of Metals, p. 61 Eustathopoulos, N. (1998) Acta Mater., 46,2319 [Pg.103]

Eustathopoulos,N., Garandet, J. P. and Drevet, B. (1998b)Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. A,356, 871 [Pg.103]

Myamlin and Yu. V. Pleskov, Electrochemistry of Semiconductors, (English Edition), Plenum Press, NY, 1967. [Pg.213]

Morrison, The Chemical Physics of Surfaces, Plenum Press, NY and London, 1977. [Pg.213]

Fonash, Solar Cell Device Physics, Academic Press, San Diego, 1981. [Pg.213]

Gratzel, editor, Energy Resources through Photochemistry and Catalysis, Academic [Pg.213]

Pleskov and Yu. Ya. Gurevich, Semiconductor Photoelectrochemistry, Consultants Bureau, NY and London, 1986. [Pg.213]

User-friendly web interfaces allow medicinal chemists to launch a whole battery of in-silico prediction models without the need to know the scope and limitations behind the black box. Only a combination of in silico with in cerebro will avoid [Pg.334]

Furthermore, in-silico models need to be challenged with new data, since models derived from small training datasets may become unstable upon the addition of new compounds. Finally, the prediction of physicochemical properties should be checked against experimental data for representative members of a lead series. [Pg.336]

In conclusion, the quest for novel chemotypes is a long, expensive process. Therefore, the statistical relevance, predictivity range, and stability of computational filters need to be scrutinized in order to prevent a potential lead series from being rejected for the wrong reason. [Pg.337]

We thank our coworkers in Molecular Modeling/Cheminformatics at Roche, Basel, for scientifically stimulating discussions and valuable contributions. The fruitful collaboration with colleagues from the Lead Generation, Medicinal Chemistry, Roche Compound Depository, Assay Development HTS departments and the Molecular Properties Group is gratefully acknowledged. [Pg.337]

Naumann, T. Klabunde, B. Pirard, Comb. Chem. High Throughput Screen. 2001, 4, 453-475. [Pg.338]

PAL has become well established as an analytical tool in polymer characterization. The results of PAL studies on polymers have led to many important insights into the relationship between microscopic structure at a nanoscale and bulk properties of many polymers. The usefullness of the technique is seen in the fact that a large number of polymer systems have been studied in recent years. [Pg.277]

As more complex polymers systems have been studied it is evident that subtle effects in the interpretation of data and the underlining theory have come to the fore. Advances in polymerization chemistry, as well as, the enormous advances in techniques used in polymer characterization, has meant that PAL polymer studies can now be conducted on well characterized and controlled systems. There is no doubt that PAL will continue to be a valuble tool for the polymer scientist. The application of monoenergitic slow positron beams to polymers surfaces will be discussed in the next chapter. [Pg.277]

What distinguishes the evolutionary strategy from conventional or rational design The primary and most important issue is that we need not know the structure that yields the desired function. It is sufficient to derive an assay that allows for testing whether or not a candidate molecule has the desired property. At the current state [Pg.26]

Variation and selection turns out to be an enormously potent tool for improvement also in vitro. Why this is so, does not trivially follow from the nature of random searches. The efficiency of Monte-Carlo methods may work very poorly as we know from other optimization problems. The intrinsic regularities of genotype-phenotype mappings with high degrees of neutrality and very wide scatter of the points in sequence space, which lead to the same or very similar solutions, are the clues to evolutionary success. [Pg.27]

The work reported here was supported financially by the Austrian Fond zur Forderung der wissenschaftlichen Forschung (FWF), Projects P-13093-GEN, P-13887-MOB, and P-14898-MAT as well as by the Jubilaumsfond der Osterreichischen Nationalbank, Project No.7813. [Pg.27]

Gestland, J. F. Atkins, eds. The RNA world. Cold Spring Harbor Press, Plain-view, NY, 1993, pp. 497-509. [Pg.28]

Edited by Susanne Brakmann and Kai Johnsson Copyright 2002 Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH Co. KGaA ISBNs 3-527-30423-1 (Hardback) 3-527-60064-7 (Electronic) [Pg.29]

1 Grabley, S. and Sattler, I. (2003) Natural products for lead identification nature is a valuable resource for providing tools, Hillisch A. and Hilgenfeld R. Modem Method of Drug Discovery, 87-107. [Pg.227]

3 (a) Blunt, J. W., Copp, B. R., Munro, M. H. G., Northcote, P. T., Prinsep, M. R. (2006) Natural Products Reports, 23, 26-78. (b) MarinLit database. Department of Chemistry, University of Canterbury http //www.chem. canterbury.ac.nz/marinlit/ marinlit.shtml. [Pg.227]

6 Sakai, R., Higa, T., Jefford, C. W., Bernardinelli, G. (1986) Journal of the American Chemical Society, 108, 6404-6405. [Pg.227]

Alkdoids Biology and Chemistry, Vol. 60 Elsevier, San Diego, CA, 207-285. (b) Urban, S., Hickford, A., Blunt, S. [Pg.227]

8 Nakamura, H., Deng, S., Kobayashi, J., Ohizumi, Y, Tomotake, Y, Matsuzaki, T. (1987) Tetrahedron Letters, 28, 621-624. [Pg.227]

We are grateful to Dr. Kensuke Aral (University of Florida) and Dr. Hajime Katano (Fukui Prefectural University) for helpful discussions. Our research results in this [Pg.74]

Tsuyumoto, S. Takahashi, T. Kitamori and T. Sawada, J. Phys. Cbem. A101,4163 (1997). [Pg.75]

Uchiyama, M. Fujinami, T. Sawada and I. Tsuyumoto, J. Phys. Chem. B104,4699 (2(XX)). [Pg.75]

The continued use of proteomics, as described in this review, should result in the discovery of new diagnostic and/or prognostic biomarkers, in addition to those already identified in the referenced studies in this chapter, facilitating the identification of potential drug targets for the development of new therapeutic approaches for combating heart and cardiovascular disease. [Pg.312]

MJD is the recipient of a Science Foundation Ireland Research Professorship in Biomedical Proteomics and is grateful to SFI for support ofhis proteomic research. MJD would also like to thank the British Heart Foundation for support ofhis cardioproteomic research. [Pg.312]

Anderson, N. L. (2004). Candidate-Based Proteomics in the search for biomarkers of cardiovascular disease. J. Physiol. [Pg.312]

Arnott, D., O Connell, K. L, King, K. L, Stults, j. T. (1998). An integrated approach to proteome analysis [Pg.312]

Arrell, D. K., Neverova, I., Fraser, H., Marban, E., Van Eyk, J. E. (2001). Proteomic analysis of pharmacologically preconditioned cardiomyocytes reveals novel phosphorylation of myosin light chain 1. Circ. Res. 89, 480-487. [Pg.313]

Jensen, R Bunker, P. R., Eds. Computational Molecular Spectroscopy, Wiley Chichester, 2000. [Pg.137]

Barone, V. Bloino, J. Biczysko, M. Santoro, R J. Chem. Theory Comp. 2009, 5, 540. [Pg.137]

Borowsk, P Fernandez-Gomez, M. Femmdez-Liencres, M.-P. Pena Ruiz, T. Chem. [Pg.138]

Santoro,F. Improta,R. Laini, A. Bloino,J. Barone, V.7. Chem. Phys.lWSTI, 126,184102. [Pg.139]

By carrying out one experiment, changes of monomer and polymer and also of the initiator (azobisisobutyronitrile) are reflected in the NIR and the IR, respectively. Quantitative analysis is largely facilitated by the appearance of characteristic non-overlapping bands. On the other hand, computer programs for band separation are available. In addition, the integration of molar absorption coefficients to yield concentrations need not extend over entire bands, but may be performed over half bands or even over suitable band sections. [Pg.542]

The assignment of NIR bands and the analysis of the NIR bandshape, band maximum positions, and vibrational intensities is equivalent to the procedures applied to study overtone and combination modes in the classical mid-infrared region. [Pg.542]

Single pulse experiments, as shown in Fig. 6.2-27, may be performed at different stages of conversion during a polymerization reaction. Analysis of the measured U versus t curves provides a very detailed picture of the polymerization kinetics, e.g., of rate coefficients as a function of monomer conversion (Buback, 1991). [Pg.542]

The measurement of vibrational optical activity (VOA) lacks some of the severe disadvantages mentioned. Vibrational spectral bands are less likely to overlap and can be measured using two complementary techniques namely infrared and Raman spectroscopy. They can be measured as well in the crystalline as in the liquid or gaseous state, and the techniques are applicable to solutions while nearly reaching (complemented with the appropriate theoretical models) the accurateness of the X-ray method. VOA has drawbacks too the effects are quite small and tend to be obscured by artifacts. They are about 10 times weaker than the optical rotatory dispersion (ORD) and the circular dichroism (CD) in the UV-VIS range. However, this apparent disadvantage is more and more relieved by instrumental advances. [Pg.543]

Analyte retention in reversed-phase chromatography is a complex process based on superposition of many different and relatively weak interactions. The exposure of the analyte molecules to the significant surface of packing material during their migration through the column enhances the differences in these interactions and thus allows for unique selectivity between otherwise similar analytes. [Pg.227]

The main process determining analyte retention is the hydrophobic interactions with the stationary phase and its competition with organic mobile-phase additive. This simplistic description allows for a rough estimation of the analyte retention and, in principle, is applicable only for very ideal systems, like the separation of alkylbenzenes in methanol/water mixtures. [Pg.227]

Analyte ionization, solvation, tautomerization, and other processes altering the analyte appearance in the solution adds significant complexity to the [Pg.227]

In this chapter we discussed the influence of most known secondary equilibria effects as well as the utilization of the organic eluent component absorption on the surface to describe the analyte retention in reversed-phase HPLC. [Pg.228]

RP HPLC is an area of intensive research. Over 5000 papers are published yearly on the theory, development, and practical apphcations of reversed-phase chromatography. In this chapter we present our vision of the current state of the RP HPLC. We hope that it will be useful for practical chro-matographers in their efforts to develop efficient and selective separation methods, and we also hope that it will be encouraging for researchers studying different aspects of HPLC separations. [Pg.228]

where p = sir, s is the Pauling bond strength, and r is the row number of the X cation in the Periodic Table. This equation for sulfides is similar to that found for oxides by Gibbs et al. (1987) using the same [Pg.324]

The question of the similarities and differences between the metal-oxygen bond and the metal-sulfur bond is fundamental in geochemistry, and relates to the lithophile versus chalcophile nature of particular elements. A full discussion is presented in Chapter 8. [Pg.325]

Sulfosalts are minerals with a general formula A T X in which commonly A = Ag,Cu,Pb 7 =As,Sb,Bi A =S. They contain TSj pyramidal groups in the structure. [Pg.325]

We also discussed factors and models that need to be employed for the design against specific biological activities, and then introduced the importance of ADMET models. We have also reviewed ways to conduct comprehensive, balanced, multi-objective compound library design. These multi-objective methods should be applicable to gene family oriented library design as well, so [Pg.287]

Design factors Monolithic screening Platform screening Chemical biology [Pg.287]

Similarity Single lead or Leads across members Leads with [Pg.287]

QSAR models Single assay Joint QSAR across Phenotypic [Pg.287]

Drug-likeness/ developability models ADMET ADMET ADMET [Pg.287]

Catalytic cracking and conversion of plastics wastes is currently a field of intense research and open to innovative technologies to be discovered and applied. Significant advances have been carried out in recent years, with several commercial plants being already in operation based on the use of catalytic cracking for the plastic waste conversion into valuable products. However, there is still room for further developments. In this regard, the following fields of research can be foreseen in the next years [Pg.103]

Aguado and D. P. Serrano, Feedstock Recycling of Plastic Wastes (J. H. Clark ed.). Royal Society of Chemistry, Cambridge, 1999. [Pg.104]

Association of Plastics Manufacturers in Europe (APME), Summary Report An Analysis of Plastics Consumption and Recovery in Europe 2001 2002 (2003). [Pg.104]

Buekens and J. G. Schoeters, Technical methods in plastics pyrolysis, Macro-mol. Symp. 135, 63 (1998). [Pg.104]

Olah and A. Molnar, Hydrocarbon Chemistry, New York, John Wiley Sons, Inc, 1995. [Pg.104]

On the basis of the rather limited applications of RDFT the following comments can be offered. [Pg.46]

The relative success of the nonrelativistic LDA is to some extent due to a fortunate partial cancellation of errors between the exchange and the correla- [Pg.46]

The investigation of the RWDA, be it in the simplest form on the basis of the x-only pair correlation function of the RHEG, demonstrated that the problems of the RLDA with the cancellation of the self-interaction and with the (related) asymptotic form of the x-only potential are only corrected in part in this approximation. On the other hand, the performance of this RWDA is definitely superior with respect to the relativistic corrections (near the nucleus). Thus further improvement might be possible if a refined relativistic pair correlation function is used. [Pg.47]

Quite generally, it must be stated that some additional effort is required to develop the RDFT towards the same level of sophistication that has been achieved in the nonrelativistic regime. In particular, all exchange-correlation functionals, which are available so far, are functionals of the density alone. An appropriate extension of the nonrelativistic spin density functional formalism on the basis of either the time reversal invariance or the assembly of current density contributions (which are e.g. accessible within the gradient expansion) is one of the tasks still to be undertaken. [Pg.47]

In addition, there is interest in further extending the discussion to a variety of situations, that have recently gained much attention in the nonrelativistic case, as time-dependent systems [49], excited states [45] or finite temperature ensembles [110]. As an example of work along these lines we mention the gradient expansion of the noninteracting, relativistic free energy [110], leading to a temperature-dependent relativistic extended Thomas-Fermi model. [Pg.47]

They have different crystal properties (axial ratios. X-ray diffraction, indices of refraction, melting point, etc.) and they can be converted into each other through a solution or solid phase transformation. [Pg.149]

The crystal properties are different, yet the mixed fusion between them is identical. [Pg.149]

Mixing crystals of the two on a dry microscope slide (beneath a cover slip) and allowing a saturated solution of one of them to run under the cover slip leads to a phase transformation. [Pg.149]

Heating crystals of both in proximity on a hot stage leads to a solid-solid transformation of one, followed by melting of both. Also, if on continued heating, one form melts and then can be induced to solidify by seeding with the other form, and then melted upon further heating, then the two are polymorphs. [Pg.149]

During heating of a mixture there is a vapour phase transition. [Pg.149]

Proton tautomerism in the solid state has drawn attention from the aspect of application as well. Further investigations in related areas, such as photochromism, thermochromism, photochemical hole-burning and hydrogen-bonded dielectrics, may open a horizon of protonic molecular devices. [Pg.261]

It would not be very difficult to continue with a list of impressive results published in the area of structure-oriented design. We believe, however, that at least some of the general tendencies and ramifications can be seen in the examples given above. [Pg.381]

Hucknall, Selective Oxidation of Hydrocarbons, Academic Press, London 1974. [Pg.40]

Desikan, J.W. Hightower, Catalytic Selective Oxidation, ACS Symposium Series 523, American Chemical Society Washington, DC, 1993. [Pg.40]

Cavani, F. Trifiro, Selective Oxidation by Heterogeneous Catalysis. Fundamental and Applied Catalysis, Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers New [Pg.40]

Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, J. I. Kroschwitz, M. Howe-Grant, Eds., New York Wiley, 1991. [Pg.41]

Conversion (C) of n-butane is defined as the ratio of the moles of n-butane consumed to moles of n-butane fed the selectivity to maleic anhydride, S(MA), is defined as the ratio of the moles of n-butane transformed to maleic anhydride to total moles of n-butane consumed, and the yield of maleic anhydride, Y(MA), is a product of the two quantities, Y(MA) = C x S(MA). Space velocity is equal to the volume of the n-butane/air feed that passed through one reactor volume in 1 hour. [Pg.41]

Chemoselective primary amine synthesis is directly from ketones and ammonia, and is a very challenging project [316], TolBINAP-Ru complex can catalyze the reductive amination of certain ketones to give the corresponding amines in up to 95% e.e. (Eq. 2.39) [317]. [Pg.41]

Ideal catalysis requires perfect chemo-, regio-, diastereo-, and enantioselectivity, eternal life, no substrate specificity, operational simplicity, safety, and environmental cleanness. Furthermore, the cost of catalysts and substrates, the ease of catalyst recovery, and the product value are also important items when evaluating catalysis. [Pg.41]

1 (a) R. L. Augustine, Adv. Catal. 1976, 25, 56-80 (b) P. Rylander, Catalytic Hydrogenation in Organic Syntheses, Academic Press, New York, 1979 (c) M. Hudlicky, Reductions in Organic Chemistry, Wiley, New York, 1984 [Pg.42]

Fleming), Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1991, Vol. 8, Chapter 3.5 [Pg.42]

Wilkinson, F. G. A. Stone, E. W. Abel), Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1982, Vol. 4, Chapter 32.9 (h) Ruthenium Catalysts in Encyclopedia of Reagents for Organic Synthesis (Ed [Pg.42]

In Section 7.2, the reaction paths of the Rh-catalyzed asymmetric hydrogenation of MAC were described in detail. The ratio of the S product to the R product, [S]/[R], was expressed in the limit of low [Equation (7.2.16)] and high [Equation (7.2.22)] pressure (or concentration) of dihydrogen. Use the rate constants in Table 7.2.1 to plot [S]/[R] as a function of H2 concentration. At what concentrations are Equation (7.2.16) and Equation (7.2.22) valid [Pg.257]

Kinetic parameters for the asymmetric hydrogenation of MAC catalyzed by Rh(R,R-DIPAMP). [Pg.258]

Determine the ratio of the S product to the R product, [S]/[RJ, as a function of temperature, over the range of 0 to 37°C. Keep the H2 concentration at a constant value between the limits of high and low pressure as discussed in Exercise 1. [Pg.258]

A microkinetic analysis of ammonia synthesis over transition metals is presented in Section 7.3. Use the results of that analysis to explain how adsorbed nitrogen atoms (N ) can be the most abundant reaction intermediate on iron catalysts even though dissociative chemisorption of N2 is considered the rate-determining step. [Pg.258]

Some of the more interesting and useful methods for reactions involving allylic, alle-nic, and propargylic stannanes have been summarized in this chapter. Coverage is selective rather than exhaustive. Surveys of reactions catalyzed by chiral tin reagents [94]. and an overview of different tin reagents [95] have recently appeared. [Pg.520]

We thank the Alexander von Humboldt Foundation for a Senior Scientist Research Fellowship and Professor H. M. R. Hoffmann for providing facilities at the University of Hannover where some of the manuscript for this chapter was prepared. Our research in this area is supported by research grants from the National Science Foundation and the National Institutes of Health. [Pg.520]

Tagliavini, G. Peruzzo, G. Marton, D. Inorg. Chim. Acta 1977,24, L47. [Pg.520]

Whitesell, J. K. Apodaca, R. Tetrahedron Lett. 1996, 37, 3955. A conceptually similar reaction in which aqueous HCl catalyzes the addition has been reported. Yanagisawa, A. Morodome, M. Nakashima, H. Yamamoto, H. Synlett., 1997,1309. [Pg.521]

Yasuda, M. Miyai, T Shibata, L Baba, A. Nomura, R. Matsuda, H. Tetrahedron Lett. 1995, 36, 9497. [Pg.521]

The research on ferrocene-containing thermotropic liquid crystals has concentrated, so far, on design, synthesis, and investigations of thermal properties. These efforts, and more particularly the results obtained, could be a source of inspiration for the development of new metallomesogens. As an example, we recently reported the first liquid crystalline ruthenocene derivatives [29]. [Pg.494]

Addition polymerization of ferrocene-containing vinyl monomers is probably the earliest preparation method that has been widely studied. Vinylferrocene 1 [5], the first organometallic monomer, was synthesized in 1955 and its polymerization behavior has been extensively studied under radical [5, 6], cationic [7], and Ziegler-Natta conditions [7] it is inert to anionic initiation [8]. [Pg.499]

The electron richness of vinylferrocene as a monomer has been demonstrated in its copolymerization with maleic anhydride, in which 1 1 copolymers were obtained over a wide range of feed ratios and ri r2 = 0.003 [13]. Subsequent copolymerization of vinylferrocene with classic organic monomers, such as styrene [13], Ai-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone [15], methyl methacrylate [13] and acrylonitrile [13] were carried out and the Alfrey-Price Q and e parameters [16] determined. The value of e is a semiempirical measure of the electron richness of the vinyl group. The best value of e for vinylferrocene is about —2.1, which, when compared with the e values of maleic anhydride (-H 2.25), p-nitrostyrene (-1-0.39), styrene (—0.80), p-Ai,Ai -dimethyl-aminostyrene ( — 1.37) and l,T-dianisylethylene ( — 1.96), again emphasizes the electron rich nature of the vinyl group in vinylferrocene. [Pg.500]

Copolymerization of isopropenylferrocene with styrene, initiated by BF3 OEt2 in CH2CI2 at 0 °C, resulted in the incorporation of styrene when the styrene content of the comonomer feed exceeded 90 wt.% [18]. This result also points to the stable ferrocenyl carbocation acting as an inhibitor in the polymerization. The low level of incorporation of styrene could be attributed to the greater reactivity of the isopropenylferrocene, as also determined for vinylferrocene by Aso and Kunitake, who showed that r for vinylferrocene was greater than that of styrene [20]. [Pg.502]

For the characteristics of living polymerization, see G. Odian, Principles of Polymerization (3rd ed.), Chapter 5, Wiley, New York, 1991. [Pg.503]

The increasing use of biomaterials in blood-contacting applications underlines the [Pg.374]

We have not presented here a fully worked out theory. All our material is in preliminary form, and a precise connection to mathematical fuzzy set theory is still lacking. Also, many of the old unsolved problems of quantum mechanics come into play, and there is no hope of eliminating these without a major effort. [Pg.135]

The questions posed refer to many different fields [Pg.135]

There are, of course, possibilities of applying mathematical fuzzy set theory directly to the problems discussed here. The subsets 5 or used for the definition of the effective thermal states (62) and (63) should not be defined as crisp sets but as fuzzy sets. The respective compatibility functions of such fuzzy set definitions for and 5/j would assume very low values for the pure states T, which satisfy the condition [Pg.135]

in Large-Scale Molecular Systems Quantum and Stochastic Aspects— [Pg.136]

in Large-Scale Molecular Systems Quantum and Stochastic Aspects— Beyond the Simple Molecular Picture (W. Gans, A. Blumen, and A. Amann, eds.), p. 23, NATO ASI Series B 258. Plenum, London, 1991. [Pg.136]

The photoisomerization of all types of azobenzenes is a very fast reaction on either the singlet or triplet excited-state surfaces according to the preparation of the excited state, with nearly no intersystem crossing. Bottleneck states have lifetimes on the order of 10 ps. The molecules either isomerize or return to their respective ground states with high efficiency. So photoisomerization is the predominant reactive channel, and the azobenKnes are photochemically stable. Only aminoazobenzene-type molecules and pseudo-stilbenes have small quantum yields of photodegradation. [Pg.38]

From the knowledge of the isomerization data of Sections 1.3 through [Pg.38]

of this chapter and the considerations on the isomerization mechanism in Section 1.6 guidelines can be established for the construction of new photo-responsive systems. [Pg.39]

Hartley, G. S. (1938). The cis-form of azobenzene and the velocity of the thermal cis trans conversion of azobenzene and some derivatives./. Chem. Soc., 633-643. [Pg.39]

(1973). Spektroskopische Eigenschaften organischer Azoverbindungen. Angew. Chem. 85, 248-258 Angew. Chem. Inti. Ed. Engl. 12, 224-235. [Pg.39]

The extent of sample preparation required for a particular analytical task will depend on a number of factors. It must be remembered that the analyst really does not want to do any sample preparation at all, so efforts are devoted to carrying out the minimum amount of sample preparation for a particular assay. The following factors influence the amount and choice of sample preparation [Pg.183]

Sample preparation strategies therefore tend to be very application orientated. When developing methods, it is advantageous to work in a logical and stepwise manner but recognising that potential problems are interlinked. As with other chromatographic methods, the use of internal standards closely related chemically to the analyte(s) of interest are extremely [Pg.183]

Many advances have been made in recent years in chromatographic instrumentation and data handling including important advances in automation. However, for many methods, equally important is the sample preparation procedure. These are sometimes complex, and are often the key step in a method, but perhaps receive less attention than is warranted. The optimisation of sample preparation and the development of [Pg.184]

Chamberlain, J. (1985) Analysis of Drugs in Biological Fluids, CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL. Beyermann, K. (1984) Organic Trace Analysis, Ellis Horwood, Chichester. [Pg.185]

(1981) Trace Organic Sample Handling, Ellis Horwood, Chiehester. [Pg.185]

In our experience the basic four-pulse sequence provides satisfactory results for H- Sn correlations, the low number of pulses making generation of artefacts less probable. It should indeed be remembered that these variants were designed to address problems which are specifically raised by the C nucleus but are not too critical for the Sn nucleus. [Pg.61]

In the future, gradient spectroscopy may prove to be a better approach to suppression of undesired components. At the time this review was written preliminary results obtained in our laboratory indicate this to be the case provided gradients are used in conjunction with the appropriate phase cycle schemes, which are then usually reduced to their minimum possible size. Spectra usually reveal less artefacts, and, in favourable cases, higher sensitivities. Systematic investigations are underway. [Pg.62]

In solution this pure compound exists as a mixture of several coordination complexes. Accordingly, the corresponding H, C and Sn solution NMR spectra are highly complex. [Pg.62]

While the Sn spectrum allows one to confirm the solid state structure to be maintained in solution as a major species M, such data cannot provide the necessary information to determine the structure of the minor species mi, which did not provide suitable crystals for X-ray analysis, and the minor species m2 and m3 which are solution transients that could not be isolated. Correlating the oximic H resonances with Sn resonances from 2D H- Sn [Pg.64]

HMQC spectra proved decisive in the elucidation of the structures of mi, m2 and m3. [Pg.65]

Born radius for solvation cavities Summation indices for virtual MOs Expansion coefficients----------------- [Pg.402]

There has been a growing interest in the organometallic chemistry of allenyl-containing complexes. Although mononuclear propargyl complexes have proved to be versatile reagents in the synthesis of heterome-tallic allenyl clusters and nucleophilic attack of diazoalkanes at C carbon atoms of /u.2-i7, i7 -coordinated acetylides is an effective [Pg.124]

The reactivity of the multisite-bound allenyl unit is an area of rapid growth. This fragment exhibits a variety of bonding types. Most common for binuclear complexes are the and interactions, whereas [Pg.124]

The higher nuclearity allenyi clusters provide an attractive potential model for the chemistry of surface-bound Cj fragments. Such species could form from the combination of a surface-bound vinylidene and car-byne or an acetylide and methylene unit, These fragments have been identified in the heterogeneously catalyzed Fischer-Tropsch chemistry. [Pg.125]

Although the area of allenyi coordination chemistry is developing rapidly, exploration of the chemistry and synthetic potential of these Cj ligands is in its infancy. There will be a need for theoretical analyses of orbital, charge, and steric control of allenyi reactivity to complement synthetic work on mono- and polynuclear systems. Much can be expected from this area in the years ahead. [Pg.125]

Reactions of platinum-allenyl derivatives (5), the transformations of 7] -propargyl and t) -allenyl ligands into 7] -hydroxyallyls on mono- and binuclear complexes (6), the cyclization of diynes via metal-allenyl intermediates (7), and the oxidation of [Pt(Br)(PPh3)2(i) -CH=C=CMe2)] to [Pt(Br)(PPh3)2 i9 -C=CMe2(OOH) ] (8) have also been described. [Pg.130]

The authors have described some fundamental procedures to evaluate the solid-liquid phase relations of nano-sized particles in binary alloys from the calculation of the surface properties as well as the phase equilibira on the basis of thermodynamic databases, which are usually used for the calculation of phase diagrams of the bulk materials. In order to obtain quantitatively precise values of the melting points and liquidus temperatures in alloys, we should carry out further investigation as follows [Pg.217]

We can, however, evaluate the phase equilibria of small particles qualitatively from the macroscopic thermodynamic point of view as described in the present paper. Thus, the authors wish that enormous attention be paid to the application of thermodynamic databases to the calculation of the phase diagrams of the nano-sized particles, whose information will be in demand increasingly in the near future. [Pg.217]

Tanaka, S. Hara, M. Ogawa and T. Ueda, Molten Salt Forum, 1998, 5-6, 213. [Pg.218]

Tanaka, S. Hara and T. Ueda, in Proceedings of the llth International Symposium on Molten Salts, San Diego, ECS, USA, P.C. Trulove, H.C. De Long, G.R. Stafford, S.Deki (eds), 1998, 645. [Pg.218]

A Bayles, W.W. Gile and W.A. Jesser, Thin Solid Films, 1986,144, 297. [Pg.218]

Nanostructure Science and Technology, eds. R. W. Seigel, E. Hu, M. C. Roco, National Science and Technology Council Report, Wuwer Academic Publishers, Boston 1999. [Pg.11]

William, A. P. Alivisatos, Nanotechnology Research Directions, National Science and Technology Council Report, Kluwer Academic Publishers, Boston 2000. Issues in Nanotechnology, Science, 2000, 290, 1523-1555. [Pg.11]

Special topical issue on Nanostmc-tural Systems, Pure Appl. Chem., 2001, 72, 2002, 74. [Pg.11]

National Nanotechnology Initiative, National Science and Technology Council, Washington D.C., June 2002. [Pg.11]

The clostridial neurotoxins responsible for tetanus and botulism form a new group of zinc-endopeptidases endowed with peculiar properties. They are produced as inactive precursors which are activated by specific proteolysis, followed by intracellular reduction of a single di- [Pg.185]

Future important discoveries will be the identification of the neuron-specific receptors of CNTs and of the mode of internalization and membrane translocation of the neurotoxins. Another important line of research is aimed at finding specific inhibitors of these metallo-proteinases. Inhibitors which can cross the neuronal plasmalemma into the cytosol would be potential therapeutic agents in the treatment of tetanus and botulism. The modification of BoNTs to prolong their life time inside the NMJs would be an important research goal to improve the treatment of dystonias. The determination of the three-dimensional structure of these neurotoxins will greatly accelerate the research on these fronts. [Pg.186]

I would like to thank my former and current coworkers Angel Ugrinov, Jose Goicoechea, Michael Hull, and Donald Chapman for their many discoveries in the chemistry of the Zintl ions. The financial support by the National Science Foundation (CHE-0446131 and CHE-0742365) is greatly appreciated. [Pg.150]

(a) Sevov, S. C. in Intermetallic Compounds Principles and Practice Progress, Eds. J. H. Westbrook and R. L. Fleischer, John Wiley Sons, Ltd., Chichester, England, 2002, pp. 113-132 (b) Chemistry, Structure, and Bonding of Zintl Phases andlons, Ed. S. M. Kauzlarich, VCH Publishers, Inc., New York, NY, 1996 (c) Pottgen, [Pg.150]

The availability of good, reliable membranes will not, of course, eliminate the need for optimal reactor design and process analysis, necessary to determine the t) e of membrane to be used and the optimal operating conditions. As was discussed previously, some reactions do not need permselective membranes. Other process parameters like the reactor configuration or the amount of sweep gas utilized can affect dramatically the observed performance. [Pg.561]

Three-phase catalytic membrane reactor systems, in our opinion, show significant promise, for near term application to hydrogenation reactions for fine chemicals synthesis. These reactions generally require mild operating conditions which will place less stringent requirements on the available and future commercial membranes. [Pg.561]

Drug interaction between digoxin and quinidine has been reported previously [242]. Quinidine reduced both renal and biliary excretion of digoxin. The Ki value of quinidine for MDRl-mediated efflux was assumed to be 5 microM [243]. However, the maximum unbound plasma concentration of quinidine at the inlet to the liver is estimated to be 4microM, which suggests that quinidine may inhibit the MDRl-mediated efflux of digoxin due to the similar concentration to Ki value and possible accumulation of quinidine into hepatocytes [244]. [Pg.309]

Prediction of Drug-Drug Interaction from In Vitro Data [Pg.309]

They showed that the degree of the reduction in the hepatic clearance was overestimated by a simple calculation of the product of the reduction in the hepatic uptake and biliary excretion (Equation 11.6) and this method is useful to avoid the falsenegative predictions [246]. [Pg.309]

The information summarized in this chapter describes how transporters play an important role in the hepatobiliary excretion of drugs, which is also one of the [Pg.309]

1 Pauli-Magnus, C. and Meier, P.J. (2006) Hepatobiliary transporters and drug-induced cholestasis. Hepatologf (Baltimore, Md.), 44, 778-787. [Pg.311]

This ramble through the tales of stellar nucleosynthesis comes to an end. Much remains for young fresh minds to accomplish. Especially appealing, I dare to hope, is the blending of disciplines needed to address fully questions of nucleosynthesis atomic/molecular physics and nuclear physics, physics of stellar atmospheres with stellar interiors. [Pg.110]

One frontier for current exploration concerns the nucleosynthesis occurring in the Universe s dark ages between the time the cosmic microwave photons were set free and systems containing normal stars had formed. In this connection, I close with an extensive quotation from Fred Hoyle s Frontiers of Astronomy [Pg.110]

Fifty years later, the general evolutionary picture of nucleosynthesis and the observational evidence has greatly changed. The Big Bang inflationary Universe has replaced the steady state Universe. Basic concepts of stellar nucleosynthesis have been confirmed and developed. The metal abundance of the oldest stars has been extended from about one-twentieth of the concentration in the Sun to about 10-5 that of the Sun. Yet, the origins of the first stars and the first metals remain questions for a subsequent settlement . [Pg.110]

I thank the winter school s organizers for their invitation and most especially for their patience with me over the long months it took to complete the manuscript. My research into cosmochemistry is supported by The Robert A. Welch Foundation of Houston, Texas. [Pg.110]

Gallino, R., Dominguez, Straniero, O. Isern, J. 2001 The 8BKr s-process branching and the mass of carbon stars. ApJ 559, 1117. [Pg.110]

In the present chapter, Markov processes discrete in time and space, processes discrete in space and continuous in time as well as processes continuous in space and time, have been presented. The major aim of the presentation has been to provide the reader with a concise summary of the above topics which should give the reaaer an overview of the subject. [Pg.180]

The fundamentals of Markov chains have been presented in an easy and understandable form where complex mathematical derivations are abandoned on the one hand, and numerous examples are presented on the other. Despite of the simplifications made, the author believes that the needed tools have been provided to the reader so that he can solve complicated problems in reactors, reactions, reactor plus reactions and other processes encountered in Chemical Engineering, where Markov chains may provide a useful tool. [Pg.180]

The models discrete in space and continuous in time as well as those continuous in space and time, led many times to non-linear differential equations for which an analytical solution is extremely difficult or impossible. In order to solve the equations, simplifications, e.g. linearization of expressions and assumptions must be carried out. However, if this is not sufficient, one must apply numerical solutions. This led the author to a major conclusion that there are many advantages of using Markov chains which are discrete in time and space. The major reason is that physical models can be presented in a unified description via state vector and a one-step transition probability matrix. Additional reasons are detailed in Chapter 1. It will be shown later that this presentation coincides also with the fact that it yields the finite difference equations of the process under consideration on the basis of which the differential equations have been derived. [Pg.180]

The various examples of photoresponsive supramolecular systems that have been described in this chapter illustrate how these systems can be characterized by steady-state and time-resolved spectroscopic techniques based on either absorption or emission of light. Pertinent use of steady-state methods can provide important information in a simple vay stoichiometry and stability constant(s) of host-guest complexes, evidence for the existence of photoinduced processes such as electron transfer, energy transfer, excimer formation, etc. Investigation of the dynamics of these processes and characterization of reaction intermediates requires in most cases time-resolved techniques. Time-resolved fluorometry and transient absorption spectroscopy are frequently complementary, as illustrated by the study of photoinduced electron transfer processes. Time-resolved fluorometry is restricted to phenomena whose duration is of the same order of magnitude as the lifetime of the excited state of the fluorophores, whereas transient absorption spectroscopy allows one to monitor longer processes such as diffusion-controlled binding. [Pg.262]

OTTLE optically transparent thin-layer electrolysis [Pg.197]

McCreery in Electrochemical Methods , ed. B. W. Rossiter, J. F. Hamilton, John Wiley Sons, New York, 1986, Vol. II, pp. 591-692. [Pg.197]

Spectroelectrochemistry, Theory and Practice , ed. R. J. Gale, Plenum, New York, 1988. [Pg.197]

Hawkridge, in Laboratory Techniques in Electroanalytical Chemistry , ed. P. T. Kissinger, W. R. Heinemann, Marcel Dekker Inc., New York, 1996, pp. 267-292. [Pg.197]

Southampton Electrochemistry Group in Instrumental Methods in Electrochemistry , Horwood Publishing, Chichester, 2001. [Pg.197]

Al-Ekabi Ft. (1992), Proc. 1st. Int. Conf. on Ti02 Photocatalytic Purification and Treatment of Water and Air, London, Ontario, Canada, November 8-13. [Pg.382]

Al-Ekabi Ft. (2003), Book of Abstracts, 8th. Int. Conf. on Ti02 Photocatalysis Fundamental and Applications, Sheraton Centre, Montreal, Canada, Oct. 26-29. [Pg.382]

Anpo M., Shima T., Kodama S. and Kubokawa Y. (1987), Photocatalytic hydrogenation of propyne with water on small-particle titania size quantization effects and reaction intermediates , J. Phys. Chem. 91, 4305-4310. [Pg.382]

Arana J., Herrera Melian J. A., Dona Rodriguez J. M., Gonzalez D. O., Viera A., Perez P. J., Marrero S. P. M. and Espino J. V. (2002), Ti02 photocatalysis as a tertiary treatment of naturally treated wastewater , Catal. Today 76, 279-289. [Pg.382]

Augugliaro V., Palmisano L. and Schiavello M. (1991), Photon absorption by aqueous titania dispersion contained in a stirred photoreactor , A I Ch. J. 37, 1096-1100. [Pg.382]

1 Kanai, Y. and Hediger, M.A. (2004) The glutamate/neutral amino acid transporter family SLCl molecular, physiological and pharmacological aspects. Pjlugers Archives, 447, 469-479. [Pg.117]

2 Chen, N.H. et al. (2004) Synaptic uptake and beyond the sodium- and chloride-dependent neurotransmitter transporter family SLC6. Pflugers Archives, 447, 519-531. [Pg.117]

3 Yemool, D., Boudker, O., Jin, Y., and Gouaux, E. (2004) Structure of a glutamate transporter homologue from Pyrococcus horikoshii. Nature, 431, 811-818. [Pg.117]

4 Yamashita, A., Singh, S.K., Kawate, T, Jin, Y, and Gouaux, E. (2005) Crystal structure of a bacterial homologue of a /Cl -dependent neurotransmitter transporters. Nature, 437, 215-223. [Pg.117]

6 Troth, D., Aoki, M., Pasinelli, P., Berger, U.V., Danbolt, N.C., Brown, R.H., and Hediger, M.A. (2001) Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis-linked glutamate transporter mutant has impaired glutamate clearance capacity. Journal of Biological Chemistry. 276, 576-582. [Pg.117]

Chan and Fair (1984b) carried out a case study involving a six component de-ethanizer. The full matrix method presented above was compared to pseudobinary methods of estimating the component efficiencies. They found insignificant differences between the matrix and pseudobinary efficiency methods. However, considering the nature of their system, this should not come as a great surprise. [Pg.395]

Using an entirely different approach to the modeling of multicomponent mass transfer in distillation (an approach that we describe in Chapter 14), Krishnamurthy and Taylor (1985c) found significant differences in design calculations involving nonideal systems. For an almost ideal system (a hydrocarbon mixture), pseudobinary methods were found to be essentially equivalent to a more rigorous model that accounted for diffusional interaction effects. [Pg.395]

The results of the many investigations to indeed confirm that individual component efficiencies are likely to be different. It is less clear that the matrix methods provide uniformly better predictions of component efficiencies than simpler effective diffusivity type approaches as shown in, for example, the data of Chan and Fair (1984b) and Ognisty and Sakata (1987). [Pg.395]

In any event, we hope it is now well understood that mass transfer in multicomponent systems is described better by the full set of Maxwell-Stefan or generalized Fick s law equations than by a pseudobinary method. A pseudobinary method cannot be capable of superior predictions of efficiency. For a simpler method to provide consistently better predictions of efficiency than a more rigorous method could mean that an inappropriate model of point or tray efficiency is being employed. In addition, uncertainties in the estimation of the necessary transport and thermodynamic properties could easily mask more subtle diffusional interaction effects in the estimation of multicomponent tray efficiencies. It should also be borne in mind that a pseudobinary approach to the prediction of efficiency requires the a priori selection of the pair of components that are representative of the [Pg.395]

In view of the large influence of interaction effects found by Toor and Burchard (1960) it is a little surprising that there have been so few design calculations reported in the literature. More experience with these models is required before definitive conclusions can be made regarding the use of complicated efficiency models in sophisticated distillation codes. The whole issue of multicomponent mass transfer models in distillation column simulation is taken up again in Chapter 14. [Pg.396]

Many interesting details of the published examples of damage analysis did not fit into the structure of this comprehensive chapter, in particular they did not fit into the division into methods and damage analysis in relation to the type of fibre. In conclusion, reference is again made to the analogy used in the introduction to this chapter by reading this chapter the temple-like structure and in particular its roof may have become more familiar to the reader and it is hoped that the foundations and columns have been sufficiently reinforced so that the ponderous roof now appears somewhat lighter. [Pg.229]

The authors wish to thank Ulrich Kohn, DyStar, for his help with the search for substitutes for dyes no longer available and Dr. Thomas Biermann, German Federal Criminal Bureau Wiesbaden, for his critical comments and useful suggestions. [Pg.229]

1 Peter U, Ciba, paper presented at the University of Applied Sciences at Munchberg, June 1993. [Pg.230]

2 Losch M, Forschungsinstitut Hohenstein, 7th Symposium on Textile Damage Analysis, Munchberg, March 1998. [Pg.230]

3 Schindler W, Muller P and Pehl F, Infrared spectroscopic identification of stains produced on textiles during manufacture - a comparison on methods, Infr arotspcktroskopische Identifiziemng von hersteUungsbedingten Flecken auf Textilien - ein Methodenvergleich , Melliand Textilberichte, 1992, 73,514—521. [Pg.230]

At low temperature the quantum correction factor can be huge, as seen in Eq. (13.68). Since quantum correlation functions are not accessible by numerical simulations, one may evaluate numerically the corresponding classical correlation function and estimate theoretically the quantum correction factor. Some attempts to use this procedure appear to give reasonable results, however, it is not clear that the quantum correction factors applied in these works are of general applicability. [Pg.481]

Our focus in this chapter was the rate at which a molecule interacting with its thermal environment releases its vibrational energy. Small diatomic molecules embedded in condensed monoatomic hosts provide natural choices for studying this phenomenon. We have foimd, however, that in many cases their direct vibrational relaxation is very slow and the system finds alternative routes for releasing its excess nuclear energy. On the other extreme end, relaxation is very fast, in the ps regime, for polyatomic molecules at room temperature. In such systems [Pg.481]

Rostkier-Edelstein, P. Graf, and A. Nitzan, J. Chem. Phys. 107, 10470 (1997). [Pg.481]

Finally, while the focus of our discussion was energy relaxation, we should keep in mind that phase relaxation is also an important process of measurable spectroscopic consequences. We have discussed vibrational phase relaxation in Section 7.5.4 and the concept of dephasing in Section 10.4.9. We will come back to this issue in Section 18.5. [Pg.482]

Oxtoby, Vibrational relaxation in liquids, Ann, Rev, Phys, Chem, 32, 77-101 (1981). [Pg.482]

The examples shown here are industrial examples of the advantages brought about by catalysis to exploit more sustainable processes. These examples represents a real breakthrough in chemical processes, with a more than 100-fold reduction of effluents compared to the previous processes. The drastic simplification of the process (four less steps) allows a very competitive route. It is a nice example of the role of catalysis as a key for sustainability. [Pg.539]

Zeolite catalysts were employed in this chemistry. The different examples show us that different grades of zeolites could be used but it also shows us that catalytic performance is not enough and that process consideration such as catalyst shaping and catalyst separation could drive the choice of catalyst more than the catalyst performance such as conversion and selectivity. [Pg.539]

From a process point of view, the operating mode in this chemistry is batch, either with fixed bed technology or slurry. The operating mode teaches us that it could be useful to work with a reactant ratio very far from stoichiometry in order to boost conversion and to impede deactivation by strong adsorption of one partner. [Pg.539]

Deactivation is classically observed even if it is not a crucial point here. The reasons for deactivation differ from author to author but we generally find strong adsorption of some product, and plugging of pores by heavies. Extraction of adsorbed products by solvent or regeneration at high temperature (carbon burning) are convenient solutions. [Pg.539]

This chapter discusses the fulfillment of the requirements for a green process, together with the importance of the nicotinate vitamin B3. Lonza s contribution to green chemistry is then illustrated by its processes for producing nicotinates. The current niacinamide process running is China employs no fewer than six basic principles of green-sustainable chemistry. [Pg.541]

1 Hyvarinen, T., Jussila, J., Karjalainen, H. and Jaskari, R. (2007) Proceedings of the 13th International Conference on Near Infrared Spectroscopy, Umea, Sweden, 17-21 June. [Pg.292]

4 Norris, K.H. and Hart J.R. (1965) Principles and Methods of Measuring Moisture in Liquids and Solids, Vol. 4, Proceedings, 1963 International Symposium on Humidity and Moistures, Reinhold Publishing, New York, pp. 19-25. [Pg.292]

(2007) Near-Infrared Spectroscopy in Food Science and Technology (eds Y. Ozaki, W.F. McClure and A.A. Christy), John Wiley Sons, Inc., New Jersey, pp. 121-32. [Pg.292]

15 De la Haba, M.J., Fernandez Piema, J.A., Fumiere, 0., Garrido-Varo, A., Guerrero, J.E., Perez-Marin, D.C., Dardenne, P. and [Pg.292]

17 Holm, F. (2003) Food Quality Sensors, SMEs no. 4, FairFlow Europe, INRA, [Pg.293]

In this contribution, we discussed effects of disorder on the electronic properties of quasi-one-dimensional Peierls systems, like the conjugated polymer trans-polyacetylene. Since polymer materials generally are rather disordered and the effect of disorder on any quasi-one-dimensional system is strong, a proper description of these materials requires consideration of such effects. [Pg.82]

While for strong interchain interactions large deviations of the order parameter from its average value are unlikely, for weak interactions the minimal-energy lattice configuration of disordered chains contains a finite density of kinks and anti- [Pg.82]

For long (infinite) trani -polyacetylene chains, the treatment of quantum lattice fluctuations is very complicated, because many lattice degrees of freedom couple in a non-linear way to the lowest electronic transitions. We have recently shown that for chains of up to 70 CH units, the amount of relevant lattice degrees of freedom reduces to only one or two, which makes it possible to calculate the low-energy part of the absorption spectmm in an essentially exact way [68]. It remains a challenge to study models in which both disorder and the lattice quantum dynamics are considered. [Pg.83]

A recent theoretical analysis of the temperature dependence of the magnetic response of neutral disorder-induced solitons [69], has revealed that these solitons may explain the low-temperature deviation from Curie behavior that is observed in experiments on Durham trani -polyacetylene [70]. A more stringent test of the theory would involve extending these experiments to even lower temperatures (down to 1 K or lower). [Pg.83]

1 -octyl-3-methylimidazolium polydimethyl siloxane poly(ethylene glycol) [Pg.68]

http //www.epa.gov/greenchemistry/pubs/pgcc/presgcc.html. [Pg.69]

Anastas, J. C. Warner, Green Chemistry Theory and Practice, Oxford University Press, New York, 1998. In 2008 the 24 Principles of Green Engineering and Green Chemistry have been revised see S. Tang, R. Bourne, R. Smith and M. Poliakoff, Green Chem., 2008, 10, 268. [Pg.69]

Basset, C. Coperet, D. Soulivong, M. Taoufik and J. Thivolle-Cazat, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 2006, 45, 6082. [Pg.70]

Horvath, W. Leitner, S. Mecking, H. Olivier-Bourbigou, D. Vogt, Wiley-VCH, Weinheim, 2005 (b) Recovery and Recycling in Homogeneous Catalysis, eds. D. J. Cole-Hamilton, R. P. Tooze, Kluwer, Dordrecht, 2005 (c) M. Benaglia, A. Puglisi and F. Cozzi, Chem. Rev., 2003, 103, 3401 (d) F. Cozzi, Adv. Synth. Catal., 2006, 348, 1367. [Pg.70]

The material in this chapter explains the relationship between the concentration of a solution component and its activity. The activity is monitored through the vapor pressure of the components, which are volatile for most of the examples considered. Thus, it is very easy to understand why the activity of a given component can also be defined as its escaping tendency. It is obvious from the fact that most solutions are non-ideal that the relationship between activity and concentration is not simple. When the solution is very dilute, Henry s law holds for the solute and Raoult s law for the solvent. Then the activity is proportional to the concentration over a finite concentration range which must be determined for each system. [Pg.40]

A review of chemical thermodynamics, especially as it relates to the properties of liquid solutions, has also been presented. Partial molar quantities such as the chemical potential are an important feature of the treatment of this subject. It is often the case that the activity and chemical potential of one quantity is relatively easy to determine directly by experiment, whereas that of another component is not. Under these circumstances, the change in chemical potential of one component can be related to that of another through the Gibbs-Duhem equation. This relationship and its use in estimating thermodynamic properties are extremely important in solution chemistry. [Pg.40]

Hirata, M. Ohe, S. Nagahama, K. Computer Aided Data Book of Liquid-Vapor Equilibria, Elsevier Amsterdam, 1975. [Pg.41]

Levine, I. N. Physical Chemistry, 4th ed. McGraw-Hill New York, 1995. [Pg.41]

Landolt-Bornstein. Densities of Binary Aqueous Systems and Heat Capacities of Liquid Systems, New Series, Group IV Springer-Verlag Berlin, 1977 Vol. lb. [Pg.41]

In this appendix Matlab scripts for the moment-inversion algorithms discussed in Chapter 3 are reported. [Pg.403]

The flexibility of the sulfur-sulfur bond with its relatively low torsional barrier of 27 kj mor [148] allows the formation of many more or less stable molecular conformations of rings S ( 5) and chains [4]. The conformation of the various molecular species can be described in terms of the sign (+ or -) of the dihedral angles around the ring or along the chain. This motif was extensively discussed by Tuinstra for hypothetical sulfur molecules and by Schmidt for several ring molecules known at that time [54, 96, 149]. [Pg.50]

Considering the symmetry of the cyclic sulfur molecules the rings can be divided into two groups [35] [Pg.50]

In the crystalline state, the site symmetry is in general lower than the symmetry of the free molecule. The preferred lattice structures of sulfur homocycles are of the orthorhombic and monoclinic crystal systems. The molecular packing arrangements of the soKd allotropes are quite different In orthorhombic Si2, for example, the asymmetric unit is given by one quarter [Pg.51]

The variety of structures and symmetries both of the molecular and crystalline forms of sulfur gives rise to significantly different vibrational spectra which, therefore, can serve as a fingerprint for an actual allotropic form [151]. [Pg.52]

(a) Ernst, B, Hart, G, Sinay, P, Eds., Carbohydrates in Chemistry and Biology, Wiley-VCH, New York, 2000 (b) Fraser-Reid, B O, Tatsuta, K, Thiem, J, Eds., Glycoscience Chemistry and Chemical Biology /-///, Springer, Berlin, 2001 (c) Dumitriu, S, Ed., Polysaccharides in Medicinal Applications, Marcel Dekker, New York, 1996. [Pg.624]

(a) Hanessian, S, Ed., Preparative Carbohydrate Chemistry, Marcel Dekker, New York, 1997 (b) Nicolaou, K C, Mitchell, H J, Adventures in carbohydrate chemistry new synthetic technologies, chemical synthesis, molecular design, and chemical biology, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 40, 1576-1624, 2001. [Pg.624]

(a) Toshima, K, Mukaiyama, S, Yoshida, T, Tamai, T, Tatsuta, K, Application of efficient glycosylation of 2,6-anhydro-2-thio sugar to the total synthesis of erythromycin A, Tetrahedron Lett., 32, 6155-6158, 1991 (b) Toshima, K, Nozaki, Y, Mukaiyama, S, Tamai, T, Nakata, M, Tatsuta, K, Kinoshita, M, Application of highly stereocontrolled glycosidations employing 2,6-anhydro-2-thio sugars to the syntheses of erythromycin A and olivomycin A trisaccharide, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 117, 3717-3727, 1995. [Pg.624]

It was our aim to give a comprehensive overview of a large class of binary disordered metals. (Au, Ag, Cu)-Sn and (Au, Fe)-Sb metallic glasses have served as model systems in this respect. This qualitative discussion was based only on pseudopotential theory and total-structure functions. [Pg.202]

We have clearly demonstrated electronic influences on structure due to indirect interactions. In non-magnetic alloys, electric polarization of the electron cloud around localized charges (ions) causes Friedel oscillations and hence a preferred position of the ions. In magnetic alloys, evidence of another indirect interaction due to spin polarization around localized local moments causing RKKY oscillations has been shown. [Pg.202]

The electronic model for phase stability has been extrapolated from the region of the crystalline HR-phases to the amorphous state considered here, indicating the latter as a limiting case of the crystalline Hume-Rothery phases for Z 1.8 e/a. The scaling behaviour with Z of all properties is explained along these lines. [Pg.202]

The electronic influence on the stability of metallic glasses, first proposed by Nagel and Tauc for non-magnetic alloys, has been extended to magnetic alloys. Additional stabilizing effects and effects on magnetic properties have been discussed. [Pg.202]

Structural effects on the DOS have been shown. There is an MDOS close to f due to the electronic induced peak at Kp(. as well as an MDOS well below F due to the peak at Kp. The latter could only be shown for liquid elements. The depth of the MDOS at F is proportional to the structural weight S(2kF). [Pg.202]

This brief survey is illustrative rather than compre- [Pg.51]

The mean temperature of the Earth is a result of input of energy from the Sun and loss of energy by emission of radiation. The input of energy is a function of the reflectivity (albedo) of the Earth. Ice reflects 80-95% of incident light, dry grassland 30-40%, and a conifer forest 10-15%. Therefore, [Pg.52]

Since the Earth was originally anaerobic, anaerobic microorganisms evolved early in the Earth s history. Discuss the evidence for and implications of an anaerobic origin of life. [Pg.52]

Louis Pasteur first described organisms that could live without air (namely oxygen). This was a sensation to biologists of the day. How many types of anaerobic organisms are known today How does each obtain energy [Pg.52]

The unique microbial processes of the nitrogen cycle are nitrogen fixation and nitrification. Describe each of these by a chemical equation and briefly discuss the energy-yielding metabolism of the microorganisms that are responsible for these transformations. [Pg.52]

The couplings between the 0H- -0 and -NH2 groups of the 5-amino-tropolone molecule have been of experimental and theoretical interest [52]. In part this is because the -NH2 in the Sq state may be pyramidal, and in the Sj state it may be planar. The 5-hydroxy-tropolone molecule is planar with an asymmetric doubleminimum PES, and part of its interest resides in the possibility of driving the tro-polone tautomerization by laser pumping of the C(5)OH torsion vibration [49, 50, [Pg.27]

In the lowest energy configuration the two OH bonds point in opposing directions. Resolved spectral tunneling structures similar to those of the parent TRN(OH) and TRN(OD) molecules are observed for the aforementioned molecules, as well as others 5-methyl-tropolone [53, 54], isopropyltropolones [55], and [Pg.27]

5-phenyl-tropolone [56-57]. The effects of coupling the 0H---0 coordinates to the methyl internal rotation, or of coupling them to the low frequency phenyl torsional motions, are of interest. [Pg.27]

The author is very grateful for the help of T. E. Redington with this chapter. [Pg.28]

The appearance of an enhanced radiative width and renormalization of the exciton dispersion are the main effects arising in one- and two-dimensional structures under the influence of retardation (21). Qualitatively these effects are valid for Frenkel as well as for Wannier-Mott excitons. In contrast to 3D structure where in the exciton-photon interaction all three components of the momentum have to be conserved and as a result a picture with 3D polaritons arises, for structures of lower dimensionality only the in-plane momentum for 2D structures is conserved and only one component for the ID structure. An exciton in both cases is coupled to a continuum of photon states. There is no possibility of reversible strong [Pg.137]

The scattering of polaritons by disorder in ID structures is very important for the interpretation of the results. The disorder strongly influences the states in ID structures making all states weakly or strongly localized (34). Any imperfections in the chain replace the ID wire by a collection of finite boxes. The sizes of the boxes depend on the disorder and can be different. The strong localization by definition is localization of polaritons with mean free path small in comparison with the polariton wavelength. For such localized states the wavevector is no [Pg.138]

We have no possibility to discuss in more details these experiments on ID structures. Readers interested in the experiments and the corresponding theory are referred to the original publications. [Pg.139]

We would like to thank D.M. Karl and R.R. Bidigare for useful comments on the chapter. This is contribution 6050 from the School of Ocean and Earth Science and Technology, University of Hawaii. [Pg.231]

Ahnert, A. and Schriever, G. (2001) Response of abyssal Copepoda Harpacticoida (Crustacea) and other meiobenthos to an artificial disturbance and its bearing on future mining for polymetallic nodules. Deep-Sea Research II, 48, 3779-3794. [Pg.231]

(1989) Quantifying sediment disturbance from bottom currents and its effect on benthic communities in a deep western boundary zone. Deep-Sea Research, 36, 901—934. [Pg.231]

Armstrong, R.A., Lee, C., Hedges, J.I., Honjo, S. and Wakeham, S.G. (2001) A new, mechanistic model for organic carbon fluxes in the ocean based on the quantitative association of POC with ballast minerals. Deep-Sea Research II, 49, 219—236. [Pg.231]

ASLO (2001) The Scientific and Policy Uncertainties Surrounding the Use of Ocean Fertilization to Transfer Atmospheric Carbon Dioxide to the Oceans, Workshop and Capitol Hill Briefing, April 23-24, 2001, American Society of Limnology and Oceanography, Washington DC. [Pg.231]

These examples confirm that water as a solvent offers a number of variations to the possibilities offered by organic solvents in organometallic reactions and underline the importance of the analytical methods to characterization of organometallic compounds in water. There is still a huge potential for the use of water as the solvent of choice for homogeneous or biphasic catalysis. [Pg.65]

Miller (Eds.), Laboratory Methods in Vibrational Spectroscopy, Wiley, 1987. [Pg.66]

Aqueous-Phase Organometallic Catalysis, Second Edition [Pg.69]

Copyright 2004 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH Co. KGaA, Weinheim [Pg.69]

The use of water as a suitable medium for catalysis has received much attention in recent years [1]. The increasing interest in this field stems from obvious economic and safety considerations. From an industrial point of view, an aqueous medium translates into waste reduction costs as well as the potential recovery of the catalyst via a biphasic process. The latter process is the foundation of the Ruhr-chemie/Rhone-Poulenc hydroformylation of alkenes, where, in 1998, it was reported to produce approximately 10% of the world s C4—C5 aldehyde capacity [2]. Furthermore, replacing flammable, carcinogenic, and explosive organic solvents with water leads to a safer working environment (cf. Section 5.2). [Pg.71]

69 Uyama, H., Kurioka, H., and Kobayashi, S. (1999) Colloids Surf A Physicochem. Eng. Aspects, 153,189. [Pg.184]

McConnell, J. A. Turner, J. B. Lasich, and D. Holland, Concentrated solar energy for the electrolytic production of hydrogen., in International Solar Concentrator Conference for the Generation of Electricity or Hydrogen, Alice Springs, Australia, 2004, p. 24. [Pg.17]

Vostok Ice Core Data for 420,000 Years, NOAA/NGDC Paleoclimato logy Program, IGBP PAGES/World Data Center for Paleoclimatology Data Contribution Series 2001-076, Boulder, CO, 2001. [Pg.17]

WMO Greenhouse Gas Bulletin 2005 Atmospheric Carbon Dioxide Levels Highest On Record, World Meteorological Organization, Retrieved on November 5, 2006, from http //www.wmo.int/web/arep/gaw/ghg/PR 762 E.doc. 2006. [Pg.17]

Schneider, Death Disease and Dirty Power Mortality and Health Damage Due to Air Pollution from Power Plants, Clean Air Task Force, [Pg.17]

Sources Energy Information Administration, U. S. Department of Energy, Rep. DOE/ELA-0384 (2000), Wash. D. C., August, 2001. International Energy Agency, http //omrpublic.iea.org. [Pg.17]

These challenges require investment, commitment and ingenious solutions. Ultimately pharmaceutical firms and research organizations, together with government authorities and representatives from society, will have to collaborate and address these challenges. The results will be the development of novel and efficacious drugs and therapies to treat patients and lead to improvements in the quality of life. [Pg.302]

Uncorking the biomanufacturing bottleneck, Nature Biotechnology, 20, pp. 777-779 (2002). [Pg.302]

Strategic trends in the drug industry, Drug Discovery Today, 8, pp. 411-420 (2003). [Pg.302]

Fleming, E. and Ma, P. Drug life-cycle technologies, Nature Reviews Drug Discovery, 1, pp. 751-752 (2002). [Pg.302]

Chawla, A., Repa, J. J., Evans, R. M., and Mangelsdorf, D. J. (2001) Nuclear receptors and lipid physiology opening the X-Hles. Science 294 (5548), 1866-1870. [Pg.164]

Robinson-Rechavi, M., Escriva Garcia, H., and Laudet, V. (2003) The nuclear receptor superfamily. J. Cell Sci. 116 (Pt. 4), 585-586. [Pg.164]

Waxman, D. J. (1999) P450 gene induction by structurally diverse xenochemicals central role of nuclear receptors CAR, PXR, and PPAR. Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 369 (1), 11-23. [Pg.164]

Handschin, C. and Meyer, U. A. (2003) Induction of drug metabolism the role of nuclear receptors. Pharmacol. Rev. 55 (4), 649-673. [Pg.164]

Tirona, R. G. and Kim, R. B. (2005) Nuclear receptors and drug disposition gene regulation. [Pg.164]

A data explosion is occurring presently in biology and in biomedical research. Knowledge gained from genomics will also lead us to a much better understanding of the biochemistry and physiology of mammalian cells. As a result, there is every rea- [Pg.751]

1 Andersen, D. (2004) Scientific report at a cell culture conference in Cancun. [Pg.752]

3 Puck, T.T. (1985) Development of the Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cell for use in somatic cell genetics. In M.M. Gottesman (Ed) Molecular Cell Genetics, John Wiley Sons, New York, pp. 37-64. [Pg.752]

In this chapter we introduced numerical techniques to solve two-dimensional steady/un-steady conduction, one-dimensional convection, and the time integration of lumped problems which are discussed and solved analytically in Chapters 2 and 3. An extensive reference list is provided at the end of this chapter for interested readers regarding accuracy, stability, efficiency, and geometry concerns. Some FORTRAN programs listed in the Appendix are useful for students not familiar with computer languages. These programs are easy to modify for the solution of exercise problems of this chapter. [Pg.226]

Abramowitz and I. A. Stegun, Handbook of Mathematical Functions. Dover, New York, 1972. [Pg.227]

Conduction Heat Transfer. Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1966.. [Pg.227]

Carnahan, H. A. Luther, and J. O. Wilkes, Applied Numerical Methods. Wiley, New York, 1969. [Pg.227]

The coupling of microfabricated devices to mass spectrometers has been a great success through the efforts of many laboratories around the world. The depth of applications has been limited by our ability to perform protein chemistry and biochemistry on a scale compatible with microfluidic devices. To date, microfluidic devices have been generally used to handle small amounts of sample. The next frontier for this field of research will be the development and integration of in situ chemical and biochemical processing. [Pg.43]

A Silicon-based ESI Chip with Integrated Counter Electrode and its Applications Combined with Mass Spectrometry [Pg.47]

Advion BioSciences, Inc., Advion BioSystems, 19 Brown Road, Ithaca, NY 14850, USA [Pg.47]

The electric field generated on a sprayer causes the separation of positively and negatively charged ions in solution and pushes ions of one polarity to the solution surface. The higher the electric field the greater the surface charge [Pg.47]

We have shown that the thiolato-bridged diruthenium centres promote a variety of novel transformations of small molecules such as hydrazines and alkynes. Apparently, some of these transformations involve the cooperation of the two ruthenium atoms. Another important feature of these transformations is the strong dependence of the reactivities upon the oxidation states of the metals and the substituents on the bridging thiolato ligands. We believe that new types of reactions on multimetal centres will be further developed by designing metal frameworks and ancillary ligands. [Pg.215]

Mizobe and H. Matsuzaka, J. Organomet. Chem., 1994,473,1 M. Hidai and Y. Mizobe. Transition Metal Sulfur Chemistry Biological and Industrial Significance, American Chemical Society, Washington DC, 1996, Chapter 19. [Pg.216]

Nishio, M. Retboll, S. Kuwata, H. Matsuzaka and M. Hidai, J. Organomet. Chem., 2000,599, 221. [Pg.216]

JONATHAN R. DILWORTH , PHILIP ARNOLD DAVID MORALES YEE-LOK WONG AND YIFAN ZHENG [Pg.217]

The Chemistry and Applications of Complexes with Sulfur Ligands [Pg.218]

Strenuous efforts are being made to improve environmental aspects of the heterogeneously catalyzed Beckmann rearrangement. Remaining problems are deactivation after a relatively short time on stream and insufficient lactam selectivity. The solid-acid method must be highly selective to compete with the conventional method because of the extremely high selectivity associated with the latter. [Pg.202]

As a novel approach, non-catalytic Beckmann rearrangement was recently reported to occur near the critical temperature (647 K) in subcritical or supercritical water [66]. [Pg.202]

The simultaneous use of two nonintrusive diagnostic techniques is demonstrated in a reacting flow. This approach provides both the hydrodynamic and temperature fields from which correlations can be eeisilv derived. [Pg.7]

This work was performed under ONR contract NOOO14-98-1-0424. [Pg.7]

Santoro The index of refraction depends on species, which is a seriously flawed assumption you have made. Also, axisymmetric problems are very sensitive to this approach. [Pg.7]

Lourenco The index of refraction is a much stronger function of temperature than it is of species for the type of chemical species we are dealing with here. Axisymmetry is not a problem and, in fact, is an excellent test for this approach. [Pg.7]

Santoro Our 20 years of experience suggest that this will be a difficult approach. [Pg.7]

The major issues raised in these studies were (I) the question of local symmetries of the species along the reaction path for a nucleophilic addition to a trigonal center and (II) the correlations between the fractional bond order, the pyramidalization of the trigonal center, and the bond distance during the breaking and forming of bonds. [Pg.293]

Computational results generally support the notion of nonperpendicular approach in additions of anionic nucleophiles to aldehydes and ketones. This finding, however, has to be qualified in two ways. First, the extent of deviation from the perpendicular approach direction clearly depends on the flexibility of the basis set it is very large with the minimal and small split-valence basis sets, known to exaggerate anisotropy of the charge distribution and thereby contributions of the coulombic interactions. Second, available information concerning the effects of Lewis acid catalysis, solvation and dielectric medium on the transition structures, suggests that the [Pg.293]

In this situation, we are inclined to take the iconoclastic point of view that the perpendicular approach model is probably an adequate starting point for the discussion of the transition-state geometries for nucleophilic addition to trigonal centers. The questions whether, when, and to what extent, deviations from this approach geometry occur, remain to be answered. [Pg.294]

In regard to the second problem, correlation of the fractional bond order and pyramidalization, the newer crystallographic and computational evidence consistently supports the original model, albeit a modification of its quantitative aspects is clearly necessary. Similarly, the simple relations invoking bond-order conservation during bond breaking and forming proved useful also in the more recent studies. [Pg.294]

The author expresses his gratitude to Prof. K. B. Wiberg of Yale University for granting access to computing facilities. [Pg.294]

Most of the research reported from the authors laboratory has been supported by grants GM 11061 and GM 10935 from the National Institute of General Medical Sciences. [Pg.367]

The oxidation of L-malate in most living organisms is catalyzed by two distinct types of pyridine nucleotide-dependent enzymes. In one case the principal product is oxaloacetate, while in the other it is pyruvate and CO2. The enzymes of the malate-oxaloacetate class, which utilize NAD+, have been referred to as simple dehydrogenases, while enzymes of the malate-pyruvate type, which, in contrast, use NADP+, have been designated decarboxylating dehydrogenases and are commonly known as malic enzymes (1). [Pg.369]

The simple malate dehydrogenases occur in virtually all eukaryotic cells in at least two unique forms identified as mitochondrial (m-MDH) and soluble or cytoplasmic (s-MDH) according to their cellular location. In certain plant tissues, a third form of the enzyme has been identi- [Pg.369]

The soluble isozyme is generally considered to take part in the cytoplasmic side of the malate shuttle, providing a means of transporting NADH equivalents, in the form of malate, across the mitochondrial membrane. The mitochondrial enzyme, in addition to its role in the other half of the malate shuttle, is also a necessary component of the tricarboxylic acid cycle. The microbody malate dehydrogenase found in some plants appears to function in the glyoxylate cycle (5) or possibly in photorespiration ( ). [Pg.370]

The above discussion indicates the recent advances that have been made in the understanding of pitting corrosion and, in particular, the effect of convection on this process, through the introduction of the channel electrode technique. [Pg.268]

The fact that the rate-determining step of a particular process exhibits a characteristic pressure dependence, creates the possibility of tuning the reactivity of particular systems via the application of moderate pressures. This can lead to the selective synthesis of particular reaction products in cases where product distribution proves to be presssure dependent, or to the optimization of design of industrial chemical processes. [Pg.36]

In some of the simplest cases (namely, solvent exchange and self-exchange reactions), the experimental data could be supported by theoretical calculations. Significant developments are expected to occur in this area, such that the theoretical optimization of transition state structures will become standard practice in mechanistic studies. Here again volume of activation data will play a crucial role, since they present an experimental measure of the intrinsic and solvational volume changes in the transition state and form a basis for comparison with theoretical predictions. It will be an ideal situation when volume profiles can be constructed for more complex reaction sequences, for instance for catalytic cycles in enzymatic processes. This will, as in the case of more simple reactions, enhance our understanding of complex chemical processes and improve our ability to tune them. [Pg.36]

The authors gratefully acknowledge financial support from the Deutsche For-schungsgemeinschaft, Fonds der Chemischen Industrie, Volkswagen Stiftung, Max-Buchner Forschungsstiftung, NATO Scientific Affairs Division and the German- [Pg.36]

Israeli Foundation. The very stimulating collaboration with numerous graduate and post-graduate students, post-doctoral associates, visiting scientists and various research groups all over the world, is greatly appreciated and respected. [Pg.37]

Kelm (Ed.), High Pressure Chemistry, Reidel, Dordrecht, 1978. [Pg.37]

In this chapter we have attempted to provide an overview of the application of computational chemistry to free-radical reactions of synthetic utility. We hope that the reader will be encouraged to add various modeling techniques to their chemical [Pg.356]

The electron richness of vinylferrocene as a monomer has been demonstrated in its copolymerization with maleic anhydride, in which 1 1 copolymers were obtained over a wide range of feed ratios and ri r2 = 0.003 [13]. Subsequent copolymerization of vinylferrocene with classic organic monomers, such as styrene [13], Ai-vinyl- [Pg.500]

We thank all the members of the laboratory for fruitful discussions to conceive this chapter, C. Morrison for critical reading of the manuscript, and J.L. Mergny, P. Mailliet, E. Mandine, F. Boussin, A. Londono-Vallejo, K. Shin-ya, [Pg.175]

Teulade-Fichou, M.F. O Donohue for scientific collaborations. This work was supported by the Association pour la Recherche contre le Cancer, grants 3644 4491, by the Ligue Nationale Contre le Cancer, Equipe Labellisee 2006 and by an Action Concertee Incitative Medicament et Cibles Therapeutiques from the Ministere de la Recherche et de la Technologic. [Pg.175]

Lacroix, P.B. Arimondo, J.L. Leroy, J.C. Francois, H. Klump and J.L. Mergny, Curr. Med. Chem. Anti-Canc. Agents, 2002, 2, 627. [Pg.176]

Guittat, P. Mailliet, A. Laoui, E. Renou, O. Petitgenet, [Pg.176]

The author wishes to acknowledge the following for their assistance in the writing of this article Dr. Sarah Stoll, Dr. Ed Gillan, and Dr. Andrew N. Macinnes. [Pg.313]

The magnitude of e is an indication of the degree of polarization or charge displacement within a material. The dielectric constant for air is 1, and for ionic solids is generally in the range of 5-10. [Pg.313]

An electrical insulator is generally accepted to have a resistivity greater than 10 Qcm. [Pg.313]

Ghandhi, VLSI Fabrication Principles, Silicon and Gallium Arsenide, Wiley, Chichester, 2nd Ed., 1994. [Pg.313]

Wider use of fiber-reinforced ceramic matrix composites for high temperature structural applications is hindered by several factors including (1) absence of a low cost, thermally stable fiber, (2) decrease in toughness caused by oxidation of the commonly used carbon and boron nitride fiber-matrix interface coatings, and (3) composite fabrication (consolidation) processes that are expensive or degrade the fiber. This chapter addresses how these shortcomings may be overcome by CVD and chemical vapor infiltration (CVI). Much of this chapter is based on recent experimental research at Georgia Tech. [Pg.321]

Current chemical transport models ol the atmo.sphere, which typically include 50-100 chemical compounds and 150-250 chemical reactions, reproduce with reasonable success the global behavior of the chemical system in the atmosphere. Differences between the results provided by these models remain substantial and will have to be addressed in the future. These models are used to explain the dramatic changes that have occurred in the chemical composition of the atmosphere over the last century and to predict changes in the future on the basis of plausible emi.ssion scenarios. [Pg.39]

Biogeochemistry is inherently a broad subject and clearly requires interdisciplinary approaches. Today, as the community regards the earth as a complex nonlinear system, studies of atmospheric chemistry and biogeochemistry cannot be dissociated from studies of the physical climate system. Interactions between the ocean, the continental biosphere, and the atmosphere are therefore central themes for the science of the 21st century. The challenges for the new Max Planck Institute for Biogeochemistry in Jena are particularly exciting. [Pg.39]

Nadelhoffer, K. J., Steudler, P, and Melillo, J. M. (1989). Nitrogen saturation in northern forest ecosystems. Bioscience 39, 378-386. Brasseur, G. P., Kiehl, J. T., Muller, J. R, Schneider, T., Granier, C., Tie, X. X., and Hauglustaine, D. (1998). Past and future changes in global tropospheric ozone Impact on radiative forcing. Geophys. Res. Lett. 25, 3807-3810. [Pg.39]

Brasseur, G. P., Orlando, J. J., and Tyndall, G. S. (1999). Atmospheric Chemistry and Global Change. 654 p. Oxford University Press. [Pg.39]

Fishman, J. and Brackett, V. G. (1997). The climatological distribution of tropospheric ozone derived from a satellite measurements using version 7 Total Ozone Mapping Spectrometer and Stratospheric Aerosol and Gas Experiment data sets./. Geophys. Res. 102, 19275-19278. [Pg.39]

What is the main reason that rain rate measurements with sediment traps should not be used to estimate benthic biogeochemical processes and especially their distribution patterns [Pg.452]

Why any regionalization with the kriging method without previous application of variogram analysis is - strictly speaking - inadmissible [Pg.452]

Discuss advantages and disadvantages of estimating benthic fluxes by large-scale numerical models. [Pg.452]

and Siemes, H., (eds), 1988. Praktische Geostatistik - Eine Einfiihrung fiir den Bergbau und die Geowissenschaften,- Springer Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg, pp. 304. [Pg.453]

Fischer, G, Blanz, T., Schulz-Bull, D., Scholten, J., Neuer, S., Kremling, K., Kuss, J., Peinert, R., Hebbeln, D., Bathmann, U., Conte, M., Fehner, U. and Zeitschel, B., 2001. Basin-wide particulate carbon flux in Atlantic Ocean Regional export patterns and potential for atmospheric CO sequestration.- Global Biogeochemical Cycles, 15, 845-862. [Pg.453]

Neutron energy Measurement of number of neutrons only Measurement of energy and number of neutrons [Pg.518]

0 1 keV BFj, boron oated, SPND, TLD,t U, He Foil activation Fission track detectors Crystal spectrometer Time-of-fiight [Pg.518]

1 keV 2 MeV BF, Li (both with low efficiency) Foil activation, SPND Bonner ball t Proton recoil (proportidnal counters, organic scintillators) Time-of-fiight Threshold reactions [Pg.518]

E 1 MeV Foil activation Organic scintillatois Threshold reactioiu Time-of-fiight [Pg.518]

1 Prove that for thermal neutrons, the kinetic energies of the alpha particle and the lithium in the B(n, a) Li reaction are given by [Pg.519]

Attempts have been made to develop the generalised models that were devised several decades ago. For instance Taborek et al [1972] took the general equation [Pg.31]

The present development of general theories to the problem of fouling, however, has the very definite advantage that it has drawn attention to the underlying phenomena and seeks to make a logical analysis of the problem. The undoubted worth of this approach is to emphasise the factors which need to be considered in any development of a theory and model of any particular system. [Pg.32]

Specific models that have been developed for particular mechanisms will be discussed in the appropriate chapters. [Pg.32]

Anjorin, M. and Feidt, M., 1992, Entropy analysis applied to fouling - a new criteria, in Bohnet, M., Bott, T.R., Karabelas, A.J., Pilavachi, P.A., Semeria, R. and Vidil, R., eds. Fouling Mechanisms Theoretical and Practical Aspects. Editions Europeennes Thermique et Industrie, Paris, 69 - [Pg.32]

and Walker, RA., 1971, Fouling in heat transfer equipment. Chem. Engr.No. 251,391 -395. [Pg.32]

To observe morphology in polymer blends, one should start with a careful observation by the naked eye and then by OM. This will provide information on a length scale of 10 /on, thus about rather macroscopic inhomogeneities, often created by inadequate control of extrusion, solution casting, etc. The macroscopic inhomogeneities can be critical for the materials performance. [Pg.572]

Once the morphology has been observed, it is important to consider the mechanisms responsible for its development. For example, consider ABS/PC morphology as discussed in Part 8.6.3. By recognizing the mechanisms, one can not only reach better understanding of the morphology, but also get ideas for designing better materials. [Pg.572]

Morphology control on the crystal lamellar level is a new, interesting research domain. A suc- [Pg.572]

Clearly, morphology control is a key-technology in polymer blends. The data should aim to define the processing-morphology-performance relationships. [Pg.572]

With their unprecedented molecular structures, fascinating mode of action, and phenomenal biological activities, the enediyne anticancer antibiotics have eccited the creative impulses and imagination of many researchers and thus established a vibrant field of investigations. Research in this rapidly evolving field spans areas from computational chemistry, chemical synthesis, molecular recognition, DNA chemistry, and medicine. [Pg.274]

In the short period between this review and the first comprehensive review in the field [1] much new information has appeared, including the first successful syntheses of two of the [Pg.274]

In linear acetylenes the two n-MOs of the triple bonds are degenerate. This degeneracy is lifted when the triple bond is incorporated in a ring system. Thus, in cyclic alkynes, three different sides of the triple bond, which correspond to three different modes of reactivity, can be distinguished (see Fig. 8-1) [Pg.285]

If the cyclic alkyne is strained, Le., if the triple bond is bent, electron density is pushed to the outside of the ring. Thus, if the in-plane orbitals of the triple bond are involved, the exocyclic and the transannular attack of the triple bond are electronically different reactions (Fig. 8-2). [Pg.285]

In this chapter, we will focus on cyclic mono- and diacetylenes, as other topics, such as cyclic oligo- and polyacetylenes or dehydroannulenes [2 a], have either been reviewed in detail [1-3] or are covered by the corresponding contributions to this publication. Extremely strained systems which have been detected only by trapping reactions have been reviewed very recently [3 c] and are not included here. [Pg.286]

TPO TPHy TPHe -morphology, kinetic parameters, location 8,22,33,34,36,65 [Pg.205]

Coke Extraction -Composition of Soluble fraction -Coke location 36,43,65,66,70,72,73 [Pg.205]

LRS UV-RS Structure (pregraphitic or highly organized) Average dimension of crystallite (monophasic carbon) 60,61 62, 64 [Pg.205]

AES Amount of coke (approximately) Fraction of amorphous/graphitic Vs carbidic/molecular. 92,93 [Pg.205]

SIMS Hydrogen content of the carbon deposits (qualitative) 45,92 [Pg.205]

Solvent Relative energy of interaction with a phenyl ring (kcal/mol) [Pg.243]

A number of crystallization and precipitation techniques using SCFs have been considered, with special respect to the rapid expansion of a supercritical solution method (RESS) and to the SCF antisolvent processes (GASP). [Pg.125]

Knowledge of the phase behavior of the systems involved was shown to be of utmost importance for the development of these processes. Therefore, data on related binary/temary systems under pressure must be known with respect to any possible application. [Pg.125]

The advantages and drawbacks of the techniques considered were discussed. Details were provided about the experimental set-up and procedure for RESS and GASP. An example of their application to the production of microspheres of a polysaccharide was presented. [Pg.125]

Energy source Technology Positive features Negative features [Pg.143]

Natural gas Steam reforming Proven technology Air emissions [Pg.143]

Oil derivatives Partial oxidation Proven technology Air emissions [Pg.143]

Renewables Water electrolysis Small/medium scale High costs [Pg.143]

electrochemistry Distributed generation wind and solar [Pg.143]

In this chapter, we have been mainly concerned with the energy dependence of ion-neutral processes ranging from chemical reactions of ions to charge-transfer [Pg.288]

Because of space limitations, we have limited ourselves to reactions of positive ions and have omitted processes like collisional dissociation which, so far as multiple collisions are concerned, are strongly related to vibrational excitation and deexcitation, and we have also omitted isotopic exchange processes, which show many similarities to proton-transfer reactions, isomerization processes, and switching reactions. [Pg.289]

We have dealt with the reactions of small ions and molecules only, but there is also an enormous amoxmt of data on reactions of large molecules, which follow different patterns from the ones described here. [Pg.289]

We have briefly mentioned the use of data on IMR in plasma modeling and for the understanding of interstellar molecular synthesis as well as of ionospheric chemistry, and we also want to point out the applications of IMR in various methods of chemical ionization. The most recent one, developed in our laboratory, namely proton-transfer reaction mass spectrometry (PTR-MS), allows for on-line monitoring of volatile organic compounds at levels as low as a few parts per trillion and is therefore applicable for environmental, food, and medical research involving investigations of fast metabolic and enzymatic processes. [Pg.289]

This work was supported by the Fonds zur Forderung der Wissenschaftlichen Forschung, Project P-12429 and P-12022 and by the grant no. 203/97/0351 of the Grant Agency of the Czech Republic. We want to thank Professor Eldon E. Ferguson for many helpful discussions. [Pg.289]

The examples discussed above indicate that although - at present - several homogeneous and surface-mediated reactions of water or alcohols with metal carbonyl clusters are known, much more work is still needed to gain a full knowledge of these reactions and for exploiting this reactivity for synthetic or catalytic purposes. [Pg.832]

In recent times an increasing number of reports on this subject have appeared. New examples will hopefully appear in the near future and the analogies between surface organometallic chemistry and surface-mediated homogeneous reactions (occurring in solvents) will be further clarified. [Pg.832]

We could collect literature evidence for the following types of reactivity [Pg.832]

Last but not least, the interaction of organometallic complexes with water in the presence of inorganic oxides (alumina or silica, the main components of the Earth s crust) could also help to understand the speciation and reactivity of these complexes in the environment. [Pg.835]

Financial support of this work came from MURST (Rome) and from the University of Torino (scambi culturali). A fellowship (to P. J. K.) in the European Scientific Exchange Programme (Royal Society of Chemistry-Accademia dei Lincei) is acknowledged. [Pg.835]

Since the determination of absorption coefficients is in only 10-23 fxm thick layers, only relative concentrations can be determined, given in Fig. 5.72. Accordingly the partial photochemical quantum yields can only be approximated. Their values in Table 5.9 demonstrate that the absorption coefficients are determined to be too small. However, their values relatively fit to the data obtained in stirred solutions. These results prove the ability of the formalism presented in this book to treat photokinetic data even under extreme conditions. [Pg.471]

After derivation of the principles of kinetic examinations and especially the fundamentals of photokinetics in this final chapter a large number of examples have been discussed based on the equations derived in Chapters 2 and 3. These examples cover a wide field of types of photochemical reactions that take place in various applications. By use of different types of equipment, it was demonstrated how relevant data can be obtained during the reaction. This knowledge was applied to calculate reaction constants as partial photochemical quantum yields or at least the data for a turn over, if the spectroscopic or other characteristics of the compounds involved in the reaction are not known in detail. [Pg.471]

All these applications only allow the demonstration of strategies that supply powerful tools for quantification of reaction constants. Nevertheless, the interested reader has to set up the specific equations governing his experiments. The outline can only provide helpful information and demonstrate a common approach by means of the given examples. [Pg.471]

Additional information is provided in the Appendix. Using the various sections of the book and the examples of the azobenzene and of the trans-stilbene photoreaction, the process of photokinetic analysis is demonstrated step by step. References to useful software and programs are provided in many literature citations, therefore these are not included in the Appendix. However, it proved helpful to use spreadsheets for simple evaluations. For this reason a Macro for formal integration is included. Its use is demonstrated by means of a simple reaction. [Pg.471]

The intention is to update the methods of evaluation by extending the list of examples from time to time. These additional examples for photokinetic treatment of reactions as well as potential program listings can be found on the homepage of the author at [Pg.471]

Ichimura, K., Suzuki, Y., Seki, T., Hosoki, A., and Aoki, K. Reversible change in alignment mode of nematic liquid crystals regulated photochemically by command surfaces modified with an azobenzene monolayer. Langmuir, 4, 1422 (1988). [Pg.509]

Kidowaki, K., Fujiwara, T., and Ichimura, K. Surface-assisted photomanipulation of orientation of a polymer liquid crystal. Chem. Lett., 643 (1999). [Pg.509]

Ichimura, K., Momose, M., Kudo, K., Akiyama, H., and Ishizuki, N. Surface-assisted photolithography to form anisotropic dye layers as a new horizon of command surface-,. Langmuir, n,U A 1995). [Pg.509]

Palladium-based catalysts are the most active materials for the total oxidation of methane in the presence of excess oxygen. The structure and chemical identity of the species present on the surface of these materials have a decisive influence on their specific activity and time-dependent behavior. Since the structure and composition of these species strongly depend on preparation, pretreatment, thermal history, and reaction conditions, a very broad range of specific activities [Pg.34]

The Pd-O bond also varies with the extent of oxidation of Pd. During the methane combustion reaction, the catalyst surface is a non-equilibrium, kineti-cally controlled structure. The oxygen concentration profile in the particle results from a combination of particle reconstruction, oxygen adsorption, bulk diffusion, and oxygen removal. This concentration profile varies as a function of time, and as the oxygen content increases, the Pd-O bond strength decreases. This increase is accompanied by an increase in the specific activity. The most widely accepted reaction pathway is the Mars and van Krevelen redox mechanism, which involves lattice oxygen and uneoordinated Pd centers as active species. Inhibition by products (H2O and CO2) and impurities (SO2) is a major drawback for low temperature combustion. The effect of sulfur is particularly important for catalytic converters for NGV applications because it drastically reduces the methane combustion activity. [Pg.35]

The presence of NO in the gas phase may interfere with the methane combustion activity. Low-loading Pd zeolites may stabilize Pd species, inactive for methane combustion, when NO is present. These catalysts exhibit very low combustion activity, but are effective for the selective reduction of NO. [Pg.35]

Simultaneous use of UV and MW irradiation has found widespread use in industry. The techniques are based on the conventional UV lamps or MW-powered electrodeless lamps [33]. [Pg.891]

In this review we have discussed how the concept of microwave-assisted photochemistry has become important in chemistry. Although still at the beginning, detailed analysis of past and current literature confirms explicitly the usefulness of this method of chemical activation. The technique is already established in industry and we hope it will also find its way into conventional chemical laboratories. [Pg.892]

We would like to thank Milan Hajek, Jaromir Literak, and Andre Loupy for their participation in our research projects, and for fruitful discussions. We also acknowledge the Czech Ministry of Education, Youth and Sport (MSM0021622413) and the Grant Agency of the Czech Republic (203/05/0641 and 104/06/0992) for financial support. We are grateful to Milestone, Inc. (Italy) for a technical support. [Pg.892]

Mingos, a. G. Whittaker, Microwave dielectric heating effects in chemical synthesis, in Chemistry under Extreme or Non-Classical Conditions, [Pg.892]

Hamelin, F. Texier-Boullet, P. Jacquault, D. Mathe, Synthesis 1998, 1213-1234. [Pg.892]

We wish to thank Hanna Geppert for critical review of this chapter and Lisa Peltason for help with figures. [Pg.314]

1 Bajorath, J. (2002) Virtual screening methods, expectations, and reality. Current Opinion in Drug Discovery e[ Development, 2 (3), 24—28. [Pg.315]

2 Klebe, G. (2006) Virtual ligand screening strategies, perspectives and limitations. Drug Discovery Today, 11 (13-14), 580-594. [Pg.315]

3 Stahura, F.L. and Bajorath, J. (2004) Virtual screening methods that complement HTS. Combinatorial Chemistry S, High Throughput Screening, [Pg.315]

4 Willett, P. (2005) Searching techniques for databases of two- and three-dimensional structures./ourna( of Medicinal Chemistry, 48 (13), 4183-4199. [Pg.315]

There have been extensive efforts put into the accurate calculation of PAs, gas phase basicities and solution p fa values in recent years. Results vary depending on the level of sophistication of the applied calculations, and the fit to experimental values varies with the theoretical model employed. Although the calculated PA, gas phase basicity and p fa values differ from the experimentally determined, these calculations appear reliable enough that the major effects found in superbases can be clearly demonstrated. To generalize, more high level the theory method the better the results, but it is not always, dependent on the system under study. Large molecular systems need some trade-off between accuracy and computational effort (CPU time). [Pg.41]

In summary, guanidinophosphazenes belong to the most basic, experimentally determined class of superbases, followed by phosphazenes, proazaphosphatranes and guanidines. Amidines and classical proton sponges generally show less pronounced basicity. [Pg.41]

Bowmann, P.S., Steels, W.R. and Winterman, D.R. (1968) The remarkable basicity of l,8-bis(dimethylamino)naphthalene. Chemical Communications, 723-724. [Pg.42]

Saluya, RRS., Kebarle, R. and Alder, R.W. (1978) Gas phase basicities of N-methyl substituted 1,8-diaminonaphthalenes and related compounds. Journal of the American Chemical Society, 100, 7328-7333. [Pg.42]

Platts, J. A. andHoward, S.T. (1994) Ab initio studies of proton sponges l,8-bis(dimethylamino) naphthalene. The Journal of Organic Chemistry, 59, 4647 651. [Pg.42]

Electrochemical Sensors, Biosensors and Their Biomedical Applications [Pg.140]

Killard, B. Deasy, R. O Kennedy, and M.R. Smyth, Antibodies production, functions and applications in biosensors. TrAC, Trends Anal. Chem. 14, 257-266 (1995). [Pg.140]

Ronkainen-Matsuno, J.H. Thomas, H.B. Halsall, and W.R. Heineman, Electrochemical inunu-noassay moving into the fast lane. TrAC, Trends Anal. Chem. 21, 213-225 (2002). [Pg.140]

Sadik and J.M. van Emon, Applications of electrochemical immunosensors to environmental monitoring. Biosens. Bioelectron. 11, i-xi (1996). [Pg.140]

Ghindilis, P. Atanasov, M. Wilkins, and E. Wilkins, Immunosensors electrochemical sensing and other engineering approaches. Biosens. Bioelectron. 13, 113-131 (1998). [Pg.140]

Capillary rheometer extrusion tests were performed by monitoring the applied pressure and the extrudate appearance as a function of the deformation (shear) rate, for blends of the arborescent copolymers at 0.5% w/w with a commercial linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE) resin. In all cases, the backpressure was reduced for the blends as compared to virgin LLDPE however, the performance of the arborescent additives was inferior to a commercial additive used for comparison. [Pg.581]

The dendritic polymer literature reviewed herein provides compelling evidence that these materials are a unique and versatile class of branched polymers. The synthesis of dendritic macromolecules can be accomplished by numerous methods allowing for specific tailoring of the characteristics of the polymer, to yield desired properties or functionality. While some of the procedures reported are quite intricate, requiring multiple cycles of synthetic steps and work-up, one-pot syntheses have also been developed for hyperbranched and dendrigraft polymers, making these materials more viable for (large-scale) commercial production and industrial applications. [Pg.581]

The low viscosity [122] of dendritic polymers is interesting in terms of their potential applications as rheological (or [Pg.581]

Tomalia DA, Baker H, Dewald J, Hall M, Kallos G, Martin S, Roeck J, Ryder J, Smith P. Polym J 1985 17 117. [Pg.582]

Tomalia DA, Frechet JMJ. Introduction to the dendritic state. In Tomalia DA, Frechet JMJ, editors. Dendrimers and Other Dendritic Polymers. West Sussex Wiley 2001. p 3. [Pg.582]

Single crystal X-ray crystallography has been and still is a unique, reliable and unbiased source of new chemical knowledge. Unfortunately, there is a catch. The investigator has to be knowledgeable about the various pitfalls that have to be avoided. Automated validation offers an unbiased list of potential problems and issues to be addressed. All ALERTS generated by the software should be analyzed [Pg.164]

Nowadays, most stmctural results are published in non-crystallographic journals as part and in support of chemical studies. Regrettably, referees frequently receive insufficient information to judge the adequacy of the analysis—in particular when very limited crystallographic details are given, often stuffed in a footnote or a CSD reference number. Some journals seem not even to include a trained crystallographer as one of the referees because this holds-up rapid publication of important chemistry. Unfortunately also those only marginally checked structures subsequently go into the literature and databases as a refereed publication. [Pg.165]

Chemical synthesis, especially in solid-phase, can be considered now as the most mature technology for peptide production, being especially suited for medium [Pg.267]

Acknowledgment This work was done within the framework of Project CYTED I V.22 Industrial Application of Proteolytic Enzymes from Higher Plants. [Pg.268]

Abrahamsen L, Tom J, Burnier J et al. (1991) Engineering subtilisin and its substrates for efficient hgation of peptide bond in aqueous solution. Biochemistry 30 4151 159 [Pg.268]

Adamczak M, Hati Krishna S (2004) Strategies for improving enzymes for efficient biocattilysis. Food Technol Biotech 42(4) 251-264 [Pg.268]

Boyle NA, Macdonald MT et al. (2002) Peptidomimetics and peptide backbone modifications. Mini Rev Med Chem 2(5) 463 73 [Pg.268]

6 Saenger, W., Jacob, J., Gessler, K., Steiner, T., Hoffman, D., Sanbe, [Pg.191]

28 Kiae, B., Hingeety, B., and Saengee, W. (1980). Acta Crystallogr. Sect. B, [Pg.192]

130 Chiesi-Vilia, a., Rizzoli, C., Amaei, G., Delganale, M., Redenti, F., and Ventuea, P. (1998). Supramol. [Pg.195]

152 Beaga, S.S., Aeee, T., Imamuea, K., Veetut, P., Palheieos, I.B., Saengee, W., and Teixeiea-Dias, J.J.C. (2002). J. Inch Phenom. Mol. Recogn. Chem, [Pg.195]

Eudralex The rules governing medicinal products in the European Union, Vol.s 1-9, Office for Official Publications of the European Communities, Luxembourg, 1998. [Pg.15]

Eurodirect Publication Service, Room 1207, Market Towers, 1 Nine Elms Lane, London, SW8 5NQ. [Pg.15]

ICH Topic Q6A Specifications test procedures and acceptance criteria for new drug substances and new drug products chemical substances. Step 3, draft, 16 July 1997 (CPMP/ICH/367/96). [Pg.15]

Sorokin, B. Meunier, J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun. 1994,1799 A. Sorokin, [Pg.207]

In this chapter we have shown that calixarenes have undergone a limited, but highly significant amount of research on their ability to include into their cavities reactant guests or part-structures of reactants, thereby exerting a strong reactivity control of hosted species in stoichiometric and catalytic reactions. [Pg.222]

It is felt that calixarenes have not exhausted their potential yet, and that future research in the area of reactivity control and catalysis by calixarenes looks promising of exciting new results. [Pg.223]

Jebors, P. Shahgaldian, G. S. Ananchenko, J. A. Ripmeester, para-Acylcalix[ ]arenes from molecular to macroscopic assemblies, Chem. Commun., 2008, 2291-2303 i) D. M. Homden, C. Redshaw, The use of calixarenes in metal-based catalysis, Chem Rev, 2008, 108, 5086-5130. [Pg.223]

Cacciapaglia, L. Mandolini, Calixarene based catalytic systems, in Calixarenes in Action, L. Mandolini, R. Ungaro (Eds.), Imperial College Press, London, 2000, pp. 241-264. [Pg.223]

Rathore, S. V. Lindeman, K. S. S. P. Rao, D. Sun, J. K. Kochi, Guest penetration deep within the cavity of calix[4]arene hosts the tight binding of nitric oxide to distal (cofacial) aromatic groups, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed, 2000, 39, 2123-2127. [Pg.223]

We described traditional statistical and newly developed tests, including errorcontrolling procedures, for biomarker discovery with large biological data. In addition to the tests and procedures, many others have been proposed. Some of them have been compared (Dudoit et al., 2002, 2003 Kim et al., 2006 Kooperberg et al., 2005). No one test is the best for all situations however, we can do better in selecting an appropriate test after understanding the merits and limitations of these different tests. [Pg.87]

This work was supported by the Korea Research Foundation Grant funded by the Korean Government (MOEHRD, Basic Research Promotion Fund) (KRF-2007-331-C00065). [Pg.87]

Agresti, A. (2002). Categorical Data Analysis. Hoboken, NJ Wiley. [Pg.88]

Benjamini, Y., and Hochberg, Y. (1995). Controlling the false discovery rate A practical and powerful approach to multiple testing. J. R. Stat. Soc. Ser. B (MethodoL), 57(1) 289-300. [Pg.88]

Benjamini, Y., and Yekudeli, D. (2001). The control of the false discovery rate in multiple testing under dependency. Ann. Stat., 29(4) 1165-1188. [Pg.88]

Methods of Enzymic Analysis, Vol. 3 Enzymes 1 Oxidoreductases, Transferases -, Ed. Moss, D. W. Verlag Chemie Weinheim, 1983. [Pg.262]

Enzyme Handbook Volume 10 Class l.lz Oxidoreductases -, Eds. Schomburg, D. Stephan, D. Springer Berlin, Germany, 1995. [Pg.262]

Dunford, H. B. Heme Peroxidases -, WRey-VCH New York, Chichester, Weinheim, 1999. [Pg.262]

Tributsch, H. and Gerischer, H. (1969) Ber. Bunser es. Phys. Chem., 73, 851 and references therein. [Pg.218]

Memming. R. (2001) Semiconductor Electrodiemistry, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH, Weihehn. [Pg.218]

Mobius, D., and Bucher, H. (1972) Physical Mediods in Chemistry, vol. 1 (eds A. Weissberger and B.W. Rossiter), John Wiley Sons, Inc., New York, p. 577. [Pg.218]

16 Kato, N., Takeda, Y., Higuchi, K., Takeuchi, A., Sudo, E., Tanaka, H., Motohiro, T., Sano, T., and Toycxla, T. (2009) Solar Energy Mater. Solar Cells, [Pg.219]

17 Matsui, H., Okada, K., Kitamura, T., and Tanabe, N. (2009) Solar Energy Mater. [Pg.219]

We have discussed the different principles for dry powder formulation and their potential implications for the qnality of the generated aerosol and continued with how the particles were generated at inhalation. The importance of the intrinsic resistance of an inhaler for the clinical outcome was considered, and it was sug- [Pg.442]

Marcel Dekker, Inc. 270 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10016 [Pg.442]

It is a pleasure to acknowledge Lars Asking, Gerreke Biewenga, Eva Bondesson, Lars Thorsson, and Eva Trofast for their valuable conunents and suggestions during the preparation of this manuscript. [Pg.443]

Bell J, Hartley P, Cox J. Dry powder aerosols I A new powder inhalation device. J Pharm Sci 1971 60 1559-1564. [Pg.443]

Hetzel M, Clark T. Comparison of salbutamol Rotahaler with conventional pressurized aerosol. Clin Allergy 1977 7 563-568. [Pg.443]

The synthesis of MOFs offers enormous scope for the realisation of highly impressive and very useful materials properties. In combining the versatility and diversity of coordination chemistry, organic chemistry and [Pg.54]

The history of research on conjugated polymers reveals its highly interdisciplinary nature and the importance of collaboration. Prior to the 70s, there was much in the chemical literature about the synthesis of many of the materials that form the basis for today s inventory, but the synthetic chemists were generally not experienced in the preparation of [Pg.13]

Such structure-function relationships form the paradigm of modern materials science, and in the 80s and 90s many academic materials/chemical/polymer engineering departments were rebuilding to include a greater emphasis on soft-matter and electronic properties. They recmited young faculty members with degrees in chemistry or physics, with the result that the boundaries between these various departments has become blurred. [Pg.14]

From the very beginning of the modern era, there was strong involvement of theorists. Theoretical physicists were particularly interested in the topological defects inherent in ID systems, and the reversed spin-charge relationships of sohtons and polarons. Quantum chemists focused on the molecular-orbital theory of extended structures. Both disciplines struggled with the relative importance of electron correlations and electron—phonon interactions. [Pg.14]

Advances in science do not occur in a vacuum. They are based on prior research, which in many cases may not have seemed relevant at the time. Progress is punctuated, with periods of great activity interspersed with times of relative quiet. Breakthroughs occur due to the development of new instrumentation, the discovery of a new material, and/or because of the efforts of particularly passionate and skilled scientists. In many cases, the subjects of the initial scientific excitement turn out not to be the leading candidates for [Pg.14]

I have benefited over the years from many discussions with the authors of the papers cited, and those of many other papers which time and space preclude. I thank them for their explanations and inspiration. I also thank Dr Gillian Bade for a critical reading of the manuscript. Any omissions (and I know that there are many) and errors are mine and I apologize to those whose work I may have seemed to overlook. This chapter is not really a history of science. If it were to be so, I would have interviewed many of the protagonists involved in the research, and requested copies of their correspondence, lab notebooks and notes. Nor is it a comprehensive review of the literature which is, at this point, too vast and diversified to encapsulate into a single short article. Rather it is my recollection of the important events which subsequently shaped the field, and my own opinion about what constitutes important. I have attempted to cite the earliest, most seminal papers and to include appropriate and accessible reviews. Finally, I wish to thank Alan Heeger, my thesis advisor until 1975, and a mentor ever since. [Pg.15]

Polyolefins are extremely important commercially. In 2005, the annual demand for polyethylene was 20 x 10 tons, whereas the average yearly consumption of all types of polypropylene polymers was approximately 4 kg for every human on the planet. As control of the polymer structure makes the recycling process easier, it is easily seen that metallocenes play a major role in improving this situation and help meet the demand for more precisely structured materials. [Pg.193]

Place the following monomers in order of decreasing reactivity with Ziegler-Natta catalysts. [Pg.194]

Draw all possible isomers resulting from polymerization of isoprene. Explain why polymerization of isoprene with Ziegler-Natta catalysts leads to trans-1,4, cis-, 4 or 3,4 isomers but no 1,2 product has been observed. [Pg.194]

What are the products of the ROMP of 1-methyl-1,5-cyclooctadiene and cis-, iran -cyclodeca-l,5-diene. Xo which copolymer structures are these equivalent [Pg.194]

Draw structures of each of the metallocene catalysts given below and indicate (a) type of symmetry and (b) stereochemistry of the polymer produced from polymerization of propene. [Pg.194]

While it appears now well established that safeners act at the gene expression level, it still needs to be elucidated what happens in detail at the molecular level after safener treatment of a plant. This may also help to better understand the molecular basis of the crucially required safener specificity, whicdi results in full protection of the crop while retaining the efficacy of the herbicide on target weeds. [Pg.279]

Collins, P. Porpiglia, (. EBis, Abstr. Anna. Weed Sci. Soc. Am. [Pg.280]

Southern Weed Sd. Soc. 39th Meeting, 1986. [Pg.280]

Hacker, H. Bieringer, L. Wdlms, O. Ort, H. Koecher, H. Kehne, Proc. Br. Crop Prot. Conf. - Weeds, 1999, 1, 15-22. [Pg.280]

4 Voided Double-Gyroid Thin Film Templates [Pg.82]

Rubinstein, R.H. Colby, Polymer Physics, (Oxford University Press, 2003) [Pg.82]

Matsen, Phys. Rev. Lett. 2007, 99(14), 148304, copyright (C) 2010 The American Physical Sodety Please report any problems to prola aps.org. [Pg.82]

Scherer. Nanostructured Materials via Self-Assembled Templates, University of Konstanz, 2009 [Pg.82]

Crossland. Block Copolymer Patterning of Functional Materials, University of Cambridge, 2008 [Pg.84]

In this chapter, the Bayesian time-domain approach was introduced for identification of the model parameters and stochastic excitation parameters of linear multi-degree-of-freedom systems using noisy stationary or nonstationary response measurements. The direct exact formulation was presented but it turned out to be computationally prohibited for a large number of data points. Then, an approximated likelihood function expansion was proposed to resolve this obstacle. For a globally identifiable case with a large number of data points, the updated PDF [Pg.186]

Introduction to Computational Chemistry, Second Edition. Frank Jensen. 2007 John Wiley Sons, Ltd [Pg.562]

Bold quantities are operators, vectors, matrices or tensors. Plain symbols are scalars. [Pg.565]

There will almost certainly be a significant increase in research into the phase behaviour of fluid mixtures over the next decade. There are three areas in which important advances may be expected (a) The determination of accurate vapour-liquid equilibrium data on simple systems up to the critical point undertaken specifically for comparison with the generalized van der Waals model, (b) the investigation of vapour-liquid equilibrium for systems which do not have a continuous critical pressure-critical temperature projection such as Scott s type III and type Him projections, and (c) the investigation of gas-gas immiscibility in more detail particularly for systems which are suitable for comparison with the generalized van der Waals theory. [Pg.104]

Some of the apparatus already described in the literature is capable of good precision but often the systems studied are not suitable for comparison with theory (i.e. they involve complex substances or gases for which quantum effects are important) or the measurements have been carried out over a very restricted range of temperature. [Pg.104]

The democracy principle of Cooper and coworkers [7] states that any valence electron can participate in bonding if it is energetically favorable to do so. This implies a similar conditionaUty as found with the recoupled pair bonding model. The recoupled pair bonding model provides insights into the conditions under which it is energetically favorable to form the type of bonds - recoupled pair bonds - that lead to hypervalence. [Pg.67]

Musher, J.I. (1969) The chemistry of hypervalent compounds. Arageiv. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 8, 54-68. [Pg.68]

Switzer, J.R., Dixon, D.A., Francisco, ).S., and Christe, K.O. (2008) Bond dissociation energies in second-row compounds. J. Phys. [Pg.68]

Leiding, J., Woon, D.E., and Dunning, T.H. Jr., (2012) Theoretical studies of the excited doublet states of SE and SCI and singlet states of SFj, SFCl, and SClj. J. Phys. Chem. A, 116, 1655-1662. [Pg.69]

Relaxation birefringence is meant to imply the measurement of birefringence during stress relaxation of a deformed material. The typical application has concerned rubbers and rubberlike materials where the objective is to test the degree of ideal Gaussian rubber elasticity by utilising the stress optical law given earlier in eqn. (10). [Pg.70]

Tetrahydrolipstatin was marketed in 1998 rmderthe name Xenicafl (Fig. 5.113). Since then, the product has been approved in more than 20 countries. As of2007, tetrahydrolipstatin is available over-the-counter (prescription-fi ee). [Pg.382]

Rahaman MN (2003) Ceramic processing and sintering, 2nd edn. CRC Press, New York [Pg.390]

Kemethmueller S, Hagymasi M, Stiegelschmitt A, Roosen A (2007) Viscous flow as the driving force for the densification of low-temperature co-fired ceramics. J Am Ceram Soc 90 64-70 [Pg.390]

Pino-Munoz D, Bmchon J, Drapier S, Valdivieso F (2014) Sintering at particle scale an Eulerian computing framework to deal with strong topological and material discontinuities. Arch Comput Methods Eng 21 141-187 [Pg.390]

Chaim R, Levin M, Shlayer A, Estoumes C (2008) Sintering and densification of nanocrystalline ceramic oxide powders a review. Adv Appl Ceram 107 159-169 [Pg.390]

Fang ZZ, Wang H (2008) Densification and grain growth during sintering of nanosized [Pg.390]

Boundary value problems are encountered so frequently in modelling of engineering problems that they deserve special treatment because of their importance. To handle such problems, we have devoted this chapter exclusively to the methods of weighted residual, with special emphasis on orthogonal collocation. The one-point collocation method is often used as the first step to quickly assess the behavior of the system. Other methods can also be used to treat boundary value problems, such as the finite difference method. This technique is considered in Chapter 12, where we use this method to solve boundary value problems and partial differential equations. [Pg.313]

Fletcher, C. A. J., Computational Galerkin Methods, Springer-Verlag, New York (1984). [Pg.313]

Michelsen, M. L., and J. Villadsen, Polynomial Solution of Differential Equations, Proceedings of the First Conference on Computer Aided Process Design held at Henniker, New Hampshire, July 6-11,1980. [Pg.313]

Villadsen, J., and M. L. Michelsen, Solution of Differential Equation Models by Polynomial Approximation, Prentice Hall, Engelwood Cliffs, New Jersey (1978). [Pg.313]

Villadsen, J., Selected Approximation Methods for Chemical Engineering Problems, Reproset, Copenhagen (1970). [Pg.313]

Green chemistry shows many great challenges for the future and many opportunities where technologies such as catalysis can play an important role. It also teaches us that we must only introduce changes in full recognition of the effects across the life cycle including resources and aU aspects of the process. [Pg.9]

The development of new heterogeneous catalysts, which can be integrated into emerging intensive processes or can be operated with alternative solvents, is critical to establish viable clean technologies for industry. Catalyst design requires improved understanding of the mechanism of catalyzed processes and ability to probe catalyst active sites under operation as is discussed in the subsequent chapters of this book. [Pg.9]

RSC Royal Society of Chemistry Green Chemistry Book Series, RSC Publishing http Hwmv.rsc.orgfshop/books/seriesf 81.asp (accessed 6 April 2013). [Pg.9]

El-Agraa, A.M. (2004) The European Union Economics and Policies, 7th edn, Prentice Hall, Harlow. [Pg.9]

Jintao, H. (2007) in his keynote speech at the 17th National Congress of the Communist Party of China (CPC), October 2007. [Pg.9]

We thank aU our coworkers, whose names appear in the cited references, for their valuable contributions. Our research described in this chapter was supported by the Israel Science Foundation, by the DIP program for German-Israeli Cooperation, by the European Research Council under the FP7 framework (ERC No 246837), and by the Helen and Martin Kimmel Center for Molecular design. C.G. is a DST Ramanujan Fellow. D.M. is the holder of the Israel Matz Professorial Chair of Organic Chemistry. [Pg.26]

(a) Otera, J. and Nishikido, J. (2010) Esterification Methods, Reactions, and Applications, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH, Weinheim (b) Otera, J. (2003) Esterification Methods, Reactions and Applications, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH, Weinheim [Pg.27]

and van Santen, R.A. (1995) Catalytic Oxidation Principles and Applications, World Scientific, Singapore [Pg.27]

Shaposhnikov, L, Cohen, S., and Gelman, D. (2011) Angew. Chem. [Pg.28]

The research described in this article was supported primarily by the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) with partial support from the National Science Foundation (NSF). P.C.C. thanks Pfizer for the Summer Undergraduate Research Fellowship in Synthetic Organic Chemistry. We are indebted to all our many collaborators, whose names appear along with ours in some of the cited literature, for their contributions to this research program during the past decade. [Pg.25]

Electrochemical deposition has been shown to be a rather effective method of transferring model BCP morphologies into functional materials. The first applications of which in real devices already show encouraging optoelectronic properties and performances competitive with well-developed state-of-the-art mesostructures. However, it is likely that the real benefits of this technique, that is, the enormous diversity of accessible functional materials and nanostructured composites, will only emerge with further exploration of previously inaccessible material systems. [Pg.103]

The current development and availability of BCP templating technology itself is an important step toward enabling this goal. [Pg.103]

Hamley, The Physics of Block Copolymers (Oxford University Press, 1998). [Pg.103]

Bates and G. H. Fredrickson, Block Copolymers—Designer Soft Materials, Physics Today. 52(2), 32-38 (1999). [Pg.103]

In this chapter, the variety of sustainable catalytic applications of manganese-based heterogeneous compounds in two major areas of high current impact. Fine Chemistry and Sustainable Energy Environment Protection, was overviewed. [Pg.331]

Novel strategies that can lead to more robust covalent bonds between the complex and support have yet to be exploited, including those in which the complex anchoring point does not interfere directly with the electronic properties of the metal centre in order to prevent a change of the catalytic activity relative to the homogeneous counterpart The stability of the anchored complex in several catalytic cycles is also of upmost importance for the catalysts to preserve their performance. It has been observed that enantioselectivity drastically decreases in the reuse cycles, although in most [Pg.331]

Secondly, the topic addressed the quest for active and cost-effective noble-metal-free catalysts for DRM, an important reaction for mitigation of greenhouse effects and production of syngas. Manganese oxides as promoters for DRM catalysts showed superior promotional effects compared to other basic oxides and partially reducible oxides. Their role relied on the suppression of metal-catalyst deactivation and coke deposition. The use of manganese oxides as promotors for DRM is still growing, but the already obtained results anticipate great potential in their application. [Pg.333]

Al-WYO aluminium PILC derived from Wyoming montmorillonite [Pg.334]

OMS octahedral molecular sieve manganese oxide catalysts [Pg.335]

In this chapter we have shown that the main trend in Pd-based membrane development is towards thinner membranes, particularly composite membranes. The relatively demanding operation conditions in many important applications require further work in terms of membrane development in combination with optimisation of reactor design and operation conditions. The encouraging industrial involvement in the development of the membrane, module and reactor technology is a key factor for successful implementation. Current state-of-the-art shows capability of small scale industrial membrane production of the most common Pd-based composite membranes. Their stability has been verified for thousands of hours under realistic conditions, but in processes free of some of the most hazardous components, e.g. sulfur. [Pg.70]

A large number of reports demonstrates that compared to conventional reactors for hydrogen production, membrane reactors show some distinct advantages [Pg.70]

Direct production of high purity hydrogen eliminating downstream purification [Pg.70]

Operating conditions (temperature, pressure) that reduce reactor material cost [Pg.70]

Higher conversion and selectivity to desired products More compact reactors with less heat and mass transfer limitation High versatility in terms of applications and scale, i.e. from integration in micro-systems to large scale power plants with CO2 capture. [Pg.70]

Solvents affect free-radical polymerization reactions in a number of different ways. Solvent can influence any of the elementary steps in the chain reaction process either chemically or physically. Some of these solvent effects are substantial, for instance, the influence of solvents on the gel effect and on the polymerization of acidic or basic monomers. In the specific case of copolymerization then solvents can influence transfer and propagation reactions via a number of different mechanisms. For some systems, such as styrene-acrylonitrile or styrene-maleic anhydride, the selection of an appropriate copolymerization model is still a matter of contention and it is likely that complicated copolymerization models, incorporating a number of different phenomena, are required to explain all experimental data. In any case, it does not appear that a single solvent effects model is capable of explaining the effect of solvents in all copolymerization systems, and model discrimination should thus be performed on a case-by-case basis. [Pg.795]

12 Morrison, D. A. and Davis, T. P., Macromol. Chem. Phys., 2000 - submitted. [Pg.795]

58 Hatada, K., Kitayama, T. and Yuki, H., Makromol. Chem., Rapid Commun., 1980,1,51. [Pg.796]

101 Klumperman, B. Free Radical Copolymerization of Styrene and Maleic Anhydride, PhD Thesis, [Pg.797]

Taken together, the above clearly indicates that cdiemokines and their respective chemokine receptors play an important role in inflammatory diseases. Chemokine receptors can therefore be considered as promising drug targets. [Pg.136]

This chapter was written within the framework of the Dutch Top Institute Pharma project number TlOl-3. [Pg.136]

1 Serbina, N.V. et al. (2008) Monocyte-mediated defense against microbial pathogens. Annual Revieiv of Immunology, 26, 421 52. [Pg.137]

2 Gordon, S. and Taylor, P.R. (2005) Monocyte and macrophage heterogeneity. Nature Reviews. Immunology, 5, 953-964. [Pg.137]

3 Ziegler-Heitbrock, L. (2007) The CD14 -I-CD16 - - blood monocytes their role in infection and inflammation. Journal of Leukocyte Biology, 81, 584-592. [Pg.137]

Summarizing, it was shown that to date only a few investigations on solutions of PLCs have been carried out systematically. Nevertheless, the results obtained prove that the interactions between mesogenic groups have consequences on the properties of the solutions of these molecules. PLCs in solution show a conformation that is more compact compared to that of non-LC polymers with a similar structure. The influence on the properties of the solutions resulting from that more compact conformation, however, agrees with the predictions of the theories of polymers in solution. [Pg.141]

Ueberreiter, K. (1968) in Diffusion in Polymers (eds J. Crank and G.S. Park), Academic Press, London. [Pg.141]

Springer, J. and Weigelt, F.W. (1985) in Recent Advances in LCP, (ed. L.L. Chapoy), Elsevier Applied Science Publishers, London-New York, 14,233. [Pg.142]

Huglin, M.B. (1992) Light Scattering from Polymer Solutions, Academic Press, London. [Pg.142]

As can perhaps be appreciated from this account, the sulfoxide moiety can be an efficient and highly selective stereocontrol element for a wide variety of synthetic transformations. The sulfoxide group is readily incorporated into the substrate structure, using established methods. In most cases, the sulfinyl group can be removed after its contribution to the synthetic scheme without loss of enantiomeric purity in the desired product. In most cases the sense of stereoselection observed can be predicted and rationalized on the basis of steric, stereoelectronic and/or chelation control mechanisms. [Pg.151]

The versatility of the sulfoxide group as a stereocontrol element ensures a constant supply of new applications to add to its already impressive portfolio. [Pg.151]

Solladie, C. Greek, G. Demailly and A. Solladie-Cavallo, Tetrahedron Lett., 23, 5047 (1982). [Pg.151]

Solladie-Cavallo, J. Suffert, A. Adib and G. Solladie, Tetrahedron Lett., 31, 6649 (1990). [Pg.151]

Cimino, S. De Stefano, A. Guerriero and L. Minale, Tetrahedron Lett, 1417 (1975). [Pg.151]

covion.com/index.htm,www.cdtltd.co.nk, www.uniax.com,www.philips.com [Pg.172]

Friend in Handbook of Conducting Polymers, Eds., T.A. Skotheim, R.L. Elesnbaumer and J.R. Reynolds, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 1998, 823. [Pg.172]

Pope and C.E. Swenberg, Electronic Processes in Organic Crystals, Oxford University Press, New York, NY, USA, 1982. [Pg.173]

Lemmer, A. Ochse, M. Deussen, R.F. Mahrt, E.O. Gobel, H. Bassler, P. Haring Bolivar, G. Wegmann and H. Kurtz, Synthetic Metals, 1996, 78, 289. [Pg.173]

Under specific conditions, even deterministic chaos is possible during temporal oscillations. [Pg.24]

If entropy export is random, noise and random behaviour in space and time would be observed. [Pg.24]

Based on the above ideas, non-liner kinetics, non-linear dynamics and statistical techniques along with computer modelling, exotic phenomena up to far from equilibrium region have been investigated, and interesting results have been obtained which have been discussed in Part II and Part III of the book. [Pg.24]

LNT helps in identifying (i) fluxes and forces and their interaction and (ii) fluxes and counter fluxes [positive and negative feedbacks]. The approach is useful for interpreting similar phenomena in the real systems. [Pg.24]

In Chapters 3 and 4, it is intended to discuss and test the above formalism I, the context of experimental studies involving coupling of two or more forces and fluxes in simple systems. [Pg.24]

This final chapter presents a brief summary of the research performed in this thesis in the context of RSDI construction. This is followed by recommendations for further work. [Pg.85]

Several important issues need to be considered when designing RSDI, i.e., macroscopic indicators and models in road safety. The foUowings are the summaries of the chapters [Pg.85]

In chapter one, the outline of this thesis work was stated. The aim of the study was also highlighted. The introduction to the concept of Road Safety Development Index (RSDI) was briefly presented. [Pg.85]

In chapter two, the scope of road safety problem worldwide was briefly reviewed. It aimed to show a comparative summary of the road safety situation across different regions over the world. This review made it clear that road safety is a serious problem almost everywhere and it concerns every country. [Pg.85]

In chapter three, the theoretical background to all the potential macro-factors that could contribute to road accidents was presented. The relationship between each factor and the probability that road accidents may occur on the national level was conducted. One special criterion to select suitable indicators was used. This has enabled me to determine the key macro-performance indicators in road safety. It has become clear that the chosen indicators must be easy, available, measurable, and comparable worldwide. Moreover, these indicators must be able to indicate/monitor the country s progress over time in road safety and allow international comparisons. The obtained set of indicators was listed and summarised in Table 3.2. The next step was to understand and explain the main published macroscopic studies and models that are used in describing and comparing the road safety development internationally. I have divided the reviewed models into cross-sectional models (time-independent models) and (time-dependent models). A starting point in this direction was to investigate Smeed s equation, particularly in the relation between motorisation and fatality rates. Several models for [Pg.85]

In this chapter, we have shown that by using concepts of organometalKc chemistry applied to the reactivity of surfaces, it is possible to build supported metal-containing species in a controlled manner. These range [Pg.168]

Siiss-Fink, G. and Meister, G. (1993) Adv. Organomet. Chem., 35,41. Braunstein, P. and Rose, J. (1995) in Comprehensive Organometallic Chemistry II (eds E.W. Abel, F.G.A. Stone and G. Wilkinson), Elsevier, Amsterdam, Chapter 7,10, p. 351. Braunstein, P. and Rose, J. (1999) in Metal Clusters in Chemistry (eds P. Braunstein, LA. Oro and P.R. Raithby), Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH, Weinheim, Vol. 2, p. 616. [Pg.169]

(1993) Catal. Today, 18,1. Gates, B.C., Guczi, L. and Knozinger, H. (1986) Stud. Surf. Sci. Catal, 29, 1. Alonso-Vante, N. (2006) Fuel Cells, 6, 182. [Pg.169]

Schweyer-Tihay, F., Estoumes, G., Braunstein, P., Guille, (., Paillaud, J.-L, Richard-Plouet, M. and Rose, (. (2006) Phys. Chem. Chem. Phys., 8, 4018. [Pg.170]

Epoxidised soybean oil-based natural composite exhibits strong viscoelastic solid properties similar to those of synthetic rubbers and can therefore replace them in many applications. Composite materials obtained by the vinylation of epoxidised soybean oil-based resin and natural fibre by styrene or acrylic acid, are used in the roofs, floors and walls of houses and low-rise commercial buildings. [Pg.267]

To limit the effects of creep under sustained load, an adhesive possessing a glass transition temperature, Tg, well above the service temperature is required. The use of such an adhesive should also result in the improved environmental durability of the bonded assembly. [Pg.75]

Shenderova, V.V. Zhirnov, and D.W. Brenner, Carbon nanostructures. Critical Reviews in Solid State and Materials Sciences, 27 (3-4), 227-356,2002. [Pg.386]

Suarez-Martinez, N. Grobert, and C.P. Ewels, Nomenclature of sp carbon nanoforms. Carbon, 50 (3), 741-747, 2012. [Pg.386]

Mostofizadeh, Y. Li, B. Song, and Y. Huang, Synthesis, properties, and apphcations of low-dimensional carbon-related nanomaterials. Journal of Nanomaterials, 2011,685081,2011. [Pg.386]

Shenderova, cuid G. McGuire, Nanocrystalline diamond, in Y. Gogotsi, ed.. Nanomaterials Handbook, Taylor Francis Group, CRC Press, Boca Raton, 529 pp., 2006. [Pg.387]

Koziol, B.O. Boskovic, cuid N. Yahya, Synthesis of carbon ncuiostruc-tures by CVD method, in N. Yahya, ed.. Carbon and Oxide Nanostructures, Springer, pp. 23-49,2011. [Pg.387]

Initially, hyperbranched and cross-linked polymers were the subject of investigation in the field of polymer science (both polymer chemistry and physics). Gradually, since the [Pg.21]

Peter M. BudcP, Neil B. McKeowri, Detlev Fritsch, Yuri Yampolskii and Victor ShantarovicW [Pg.29]

Membrane technologists are well aware that the most permeable glassy polymers are those which possess a very high free volume, where the term free volume refers to the intermolecular voids within a material [1], Scientists who work with molecular sieves, such as zeolites, commonly use the term microporous material to describe those materials which contain pores or channels less than 2nm in width, a definition that arises in the context of gas adsorption studies [2], [Pg.29]

1 Can the macromolecular backbone of a polymer be designed to generate a large amount of interconnected free volume [Pg.29]

Membrane Gas Separation Edited by Yuri Yampolskii and Benny Freeman 2010 John Wiley Sons, Ltd [Pg.29]

These works have shown that acid-basic character of solvent is able to have a major influence on polymer film properties. Acid-base interactions between stereoregular PMMA and some solvents can lead to the formation of aggregates, which modify the solution properties. Elsewhere, residual solvent molecules trapped in solid conventional PMMA filmshave an effect on the polymer chains mobility, depending on the acid-base character of the solvent. Both solvent effects, due to acid-base interactions, are able to modify the wetting and the adhesion properties ofthe films, but also the mechanical and the durability behavior of the final film. It is then necessary to take into account, in the choice of a solvent, its acid-base properties, in addition to its solubility parameter, especially for PMMA. REFERENCES [Pg.582]

Valence and the structure ohitoms and molecules. The Chemical Catalog Co., N-Y, 1923. [Pg.582]

Mulliken, W.B. Pearson, Molecular complexes a lecture and reprint volume Wttey-biterscience, N-Y, 1969. [Pg.582]

Klopman, Chemical reactivity and Reaction paths, Wiley-Litersciences, New-Yoik, 1974. [Pg.582]

Jensen The Lewis acid-base concepts an overview7. Sons, New-Yoik, 1979. [Pg.582]

Ge Thermodynamic-based Gy Gonventional graphic techniques Gg Phenomena-based Gg Difference points My MINLP M2 OCFE M3 MIDO Hi Heuristics. Key. I applicable nonapplica-ble/nonmentioned A original assumption relaxed by later contributions [Pg.72]

A New Approach in the Conceptual Design of Reactive Distillation Processes [Pg.75]

It is worth mentioning here that the present contribution focuses on the definition of the RD process structure, paying less explicit attention to a detailed analysis of the actual dynamics of the unit, which might be described using non-equilibrium models. An extended review on this last topic can be found in the publications of Taylor and Krishna (2000) Krishnamurthy and Taylor (1985) Taylor and Krishna (1993, 2003). Furthermore, the temporal features of the process unit(s) e.g. operability and availability) are not fully considered in the proposed methodology, as availability is foreseen to be taken into account at the next level of engineering detail. [Pg.77]

Recalling the engineering and scientific design questions given in chapter 1, in this chapter we address question 5, namely, [Pg.77]

Within the design program, the following design tasks are defined. [Pg.78]

Finally, we recall that the relative extent of each reaction phase and the relative magnitudes of the rate constants determine the extent to which a pseudo-homogeneous model approximation may be applied to a three-phase process. If there are no transport limitations in or between phases (cf. Fig. 4.28) (if, for example, ol), one may ignore the differential equations pertaining to mass transport, and the system of equations is reduced to that appropriate for a pseudohomogeneous model. [Pg.192]

In this connection, a special circumstance should be mentioned. Due to the similarity in density between cells (p 1.05) and water (p = 1), one cannot rely on any great difference in relative velocity between L and S phases (Fig. 4.1). However, with film reactors an elevated metabolism has been found, corresponding to the higher relative velocity that is possible in the case of carrier-bound films of microbial cells (La Motta, 1976a Moser, 1977b). The /cl2 value shows a corresponding dependence (power index 0.7) on flow velocity (or rotation velocity). Relying on the effectiveness factor, one comes to the conclusion that with elevated /cl2 value, the Thiele module must be smaller. There will thus be a concentration difference at the L S [Pg.192]

(1975). The Mathematical Theory of Diffusion and Reaction in Permeable Catalysts, Vol. 1. Oxford Clarendon Press. [Pg.193]

Astarita, G. (1967). Mass Transfer with Chemical Reaction. Amsterdam Elsevier. Atkinson, B. (1974). Biochemical Reactors. London Pion. [Pg.193]

Bazine, M.J. (ed.) (1982). Microbial Population Dynamics CRC press, Boca Raton, Florida. [Pg.193]

Some of the physical properties of the MAX phases, such as thermal expansion, elastic properties and thermal conductivity, have much in common with their respective MX binaries. However, their electronic structure and transport properties are more akin to those of the transition metals themselves. [Pg.342]

The unique combination of properties possessed by the MAX phases - their ease of machinability, low friction, thermal and structural stability, good thermal and electrical conductivities-render them attractive for many applications such as rotating electrical contacts and bearings, heating elements, nozzles, heat exchangers, tools for die pressing, among many others. Many of these applications are currently [Pg.342]

At the present time, it appears that the best - and probably the first - MAX phase to be adopted for high-temperature applications vdll be Ti2AlC, for two reasons [Pg.343]

3 Barsoum, M.W. and Radovic, M. (2004) Mechanical Properties of the MAX Phases, in Encyclopedia of Materials Science and Technology (eds R.W.C.K.H.J. Buschow, M.C. Flemings, E.J. Kramer, S. Mahajan. and P. Veyssiere), Elsevier, Amsterdam. [Pg.343]

7 Molina-Aldareguia, J.M., EmmerUch, J., Palmquist, Jansson, U., and Hultman, L. (2003) Scripta Mater., 49,155. [Pg.343]

The Association of Austrian Chemists was founded at a time when the number of chemical companies, in which all sorts of chemicals were made, grew rapidly, with the consequence that more and more chemists were required to work in the industry. The industrial production shows clearly that this growth started around 1890 (Table 1.5). [Pg.18]

The new association had as its primary aim the representation of chemists in industry or in administration both legally and economically but also supported the employers in the chemical industry in their dealings with the authorities. A further aim was for an improvement of chemical education in order to keep the industry competitive. [Pg.18]

PericycHc reactions are among the most versatile transformations in organic synthesis. Without the formation of any intermediates, cycloadditions, electrocycHc ring closures, and sigmatropic rearrangements are able to access - starting from [Pg.214]

Werz thanks the German Research Foundation (DFG) for his Emmy Noether and Heisenberg Fellowships. The Fonds der Chemischen Industrie is gratefully acknowledged for a Dozentenstipendium. L.J. Patalag thanks the German-Israeli Foundation (G.I.F.) for financial support. [Pg.215]

Tietze, L.F., Brasche, G., and Gericke, K. (2006) Domino Reactions in Organic Synthesis, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH, Weinheim. [Pg.215]

The Sonogashira coupling of alkynes with aryl halides has undergone amazing developments during the past three decades, with the numbers of potential [Pg.214]

It is believed that an understanding of the complex role of alkynes, bases and ligands may represents the only rational means of improving catalyst activity and selectivity and, while most studies have addressed the need to use copper additives, very few have explored potential alternatives such as silver salts or silylated alkynes. [Pg.215]

It is very unlikely that future research in this area will provide the answers to all of the problems associated with the Sonogashira reaction. Whilst for large-scale industrial applications the main considerations are price, simplicity and robustness of the catalytic system, the small-scale syntheses that are associated with pharmaceuticals will seek catalytic systems tailored to minimize adverse side reactions and the loss of precious substrates. Clearly, there is still much to be done, and many surprises lie in wait [Pg.215]

Comprehensive Organic Synthesis, Vol. 3 (eds B.M. Trost and I. Fleming), Pergamon, Oxford, p. 521 [Pg.217]

(a) Asymmetric Phase Transfer Catalysis, ed. K. Maruoka, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH, Weinheim, 2008 (b) T. Hashimoto and K. Maruoka, Chem. Rev., 2007, 107, 5656 (c) S. Shirakawa and K. Maruoka, Angew. Chem., Int. Ed., 2013, 52, 4312. [Pg.40]

Bandini, R. Sinisi and A. Umani-Ronchi, Chem. Commurt, 2008,4360. [Pg.41]

Nakano, S. Kawahara, S. Akamatsu, K. Morokuma, M. Nakatani, Y. Iwabuchi, K. Takahashi, J. Ishihara and S. Hatakeyama, Tetrahedron, 2006, 62, 381. [Pg.42]

Czarnecki, A. Plutecka, J. Gawronski and K. Kacprzak, Green Chem., 2011, 13,1280. [Pg.42]

The MALDI-TOF-MS platform is able to perform high-throughput quantitative peptide profiling using biofluids, in parhcular serum, which is highly relevant for chnical use. It has been shown that semm and CSF peptide mass profiles can be correlated to clinical data for disease signature discovery and validation. [Pg.426]

Visualization is important in the approach to data analysis, and it is feasible to inspect visually hundreds of spectral overlays for appropriate parameter settings. Visualization of different aspects of the data, such as PCA, clustering, heatmap, box plots and scatter plots, will also facihtate efficient interactions among research groups from different scientific discipHnes, which is often required for molecular-profiling applications. [Pg.426]

The Bayesian principle has been followed to model the physics of the instruments for preprocessing. However, to date the statistical analysis of MALDI-TOF-MS data has employed generic statistical methods, without taking into account specific characteristics of the data generation platform. It is expected that the correct modeling of the technical variation of peptide intensities will improve the quality of both unsupervised and supervised analyses. [Pg.426]

Finally, whilst attention has been focused on profiling applications in a clinical setting, the bioinformatics and statistics methods described in this chapter are general and applicable for other applications of MALDI-MS, using different types of mass analyzers such as Fourier transform ion cyclotron resonance mass sp ec-trometers and Orbitrap platforms. [Pg.426]

1 Aebersold, R. and Mann, M. (2003) Mass spectrometry-based proteomics. Nature, 422 (6928), 198-207. [Pg.426]

We investigated the structure formation during the isothermal crystallization (annealing) process from the oriented glassy states of PET using real-time X-ray scattering and thermal measurements. The results obtained are as follows [Pg.115]

During the isothermal annealing process at 63.6-76.3°C, the intensity of the 001 reflection from the smectic structure has the maximum at a time, while the intensity of the 4-point pattern in the SAXS region increases monotonically with time. [Pg.115]

The glass transition temperature of the oriented glassy states increases with increasing degree of ordering. [Pg.115]

Although the investigation in this paper mainly concentrated on the time evolution of the 001 reflection and the 4-point pattern in the SAXS region, the measurements of the time dependence of overall diffraction patterns in the WAXS region will be required in order to elucidate the microscopic mechanism of the structure formation in oriented PET. In particular, real-time measurement of the intensity distribution of the meridional reflections of higher order will reveal the detailed mechanism of the structure formation. Real-time relaxation measurements such as dielectric relaxation spectroscopy are also desired for this purpose. [Pg.115]

We appreciate A. Koyama, D. Tahara, Y. Miyamoto, Y. Nishikawa, T. Fujisawa, K. Inoue for their helpful collaboration, and Y. Funatsu of Toray [Pg.115]

An overview of the work being performed on hybrid vegetable/glass fiber composites was presented. The use of natural fibers in industrial applications provides several challenges for researchers and product developers as differences in elastic and polar characteristics between the different fibers and matrices need to be taken into consideration. [Pg.75]

The studies in the literature indicate that several different vegetable fibers have been mixed with glass fibers and incorporated into a number of polar and non-polar polymers, including thermoplastics, thermosets and even natmal rubber. The influence of fiber content and relative amounts, fiber length, modification of both fibers and matrices and the use of compatibilizers on the mechanical and thermal behaviour of these systems was described. [Pg.75]

A wide variety of research work is being conducted worldwide with sometimes conflicting ideas. Focus usually lies on physical, especially water absorption and degradation, and mechanical properties of hybrid composites. The research on electrical, thermal, acoustic and dynamic mechanical properties of hybrid vegetable/glass thermoplastic composites, however, is more restrict. [Pg.75]

As expected, the nominal values of the various properties vary widely from system to system and are also dependent on processing and testing conditions. Even though a very different group of fibers and polymer matrices were presented here, some general trends can be identified. Perhaps, the main one is that fiber hybridization even with a small amoxmt of glass fibers can significantly improve the physical and mechanical properties of natural fiber polymer composites. Moreover, these properties can be [Pg.75]

In short, hybrid composites are cost effective and can be used in a number of indoor and outdoor applications. Future research on hybrid composites, currently driven mostly by their possible automotive applications, needs to explore other sectors, such as building, rural, biomedical and perhaps even in non-structural aircraft components. Challenges still exist in suitable analytical modelling on most of the published results and they could not only help in interpreting the experimental results but also in optimization, targeting specific, more demanding, applications. [Pg.76]

Although known for almost a couple of centuries there exists no direct measure of aromaticity mainly because it is neither an experimental observable nor it is a theoretically defined quantity. In this chapter various types of aromatic systems with a special emphasis to all-metal aromatic clusters have been discussed. Different indirect aromaticity measures have been analyzed with special emphasis to some chemical reactivity based aromaticity indices within a conceptual density functional theory [Pg.83]

Harvey, Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons, WUey-VCH New York, 1997. [Pg.87]

Gutman and S. J. Cyvin, Introduction to the Theory of Benzenoid Hydrocarbons, Springer-Verlag Berlin, Germany, 1989. [Pg.87]

The Chemistry of Conjugate Cyclic Compounds, WUey Chichester, U.K., 1989. [Pg.87]

Parr and W. Yang, Density Functional Theory of Atoms and Molecules, Oxford University Press New York, 1989. [Pg.88]

The decline in energy intensity is a proxy for efficiency improvement however, energy intensity reflects production and hence is much more universal and communicable across the process industry. [Pg.15]

In this chapter we have described the effective-particle models for excitons in the weak and strong coupling limits, and compared them to essential exact, numerical (DMRG) calculations. We saw that there is good agreement between the effective-particle models and the computational results in these limits. We used these extreme limits to understand the numerical calculations in the intermediatecoupling regime. We summarize the main points as follows [Pg.92]

1) there is a mixed representation of both Mott-Hubbard and Mott-Wannier excitons. [Pg.93]

It is instructive to apply these exciton theories to actual conjugated polymers. Calculations on single poly(para-phenylene) chains (see Section 11.2.3) predict the l Sj (n = 1, J = 1) exciton at 3.7 eV, the (n = 2, j = 1) exciton at 5.1 eV and the l A triplet close in energy to the 2 A+ state, at 5.5 eV. This progression indicates a Mott-Wannier series of excitons. An equivalent description applies to poly(para-phenylene-vinylene). In contrast, polyacetylene and polydiacetylene have predominately Mott-Hubbard excitons. In polyacetylene the vertical energies of the and 2M+ states are virtually degenerate [Pg.93]

This places polyacetylene and polydiacetylene on the correlated side of the intermediate-coupling regime. [Pg.94]

An important extrinsic effect is screening by the environment, and again, this significantly alters the energy of excited states. States with larger binding energy are less screened than those that are weakly bound. Current estimates are that the n = 1 exciton solvates by ca. 0.3 eV, the n = 2 exciton solvates by ca. 0.6 eV, and the band gap solvates by ca. 1.5 - 2.0 eV (Moore and Yaron 1998). This effect will be discussed in Chapter 9. [Pg.94]

Phosphorus-containing FRs Clariant Buddenheim Iberica Great Lakes Chemical Corp. Songwon Albright and Wilson Americas Hoechst Celanese Akzo Nobel [Pg.343]

Boron compounds us Borax Inc. Etibank Anzon NACC Joseph Storey William Blythe Rio Tinto Borax Europe Ltd Buddenheim Iberica [Pg.343]

Molybdenum compounds Sherwin Williams Climax Molybdenum Shanghai Nanjing Chemical Products Co. Ltd Guangzhou Wade Chemical Industry [Pg.343]

Fire retardants have proven benefits. Their use has saved an innumerable number of people from death and injury. Their use has enabled the proliferation of plastics to the present extent in society. Nevertheless, there are valid concerns about the safety of individual fire retardants that need to be addressed on an individual basis. There is also a need to collect data to fill the gaps that exist for some existing fire-retardant materials. Only through the acquisition of valid data in a thorough scientific manner [Pg.343]

The author thanks Schneller LLC for permission to pubUsh this chapter. The following colleagues are acknowledged Dr Edward Wed, Polytechnic, NYU, NYC, for information on smoke suppression and flame retardants in PVC and Dr John Mara of Songwon International for information on phosphorus-containing fire retardants. [Pg.344]

Filson, B. E. Dawson-Andoh and D. Schwegler-Berry, Green Chem., [Pg.240]

Martinez-Sanz, A. Lopez-Rubio and J. M. Lagaron, Biomacromolecules, [Pg.240]

Bulota, A.-H. Vesterinen, M. Hughes and J. Seppala, Polym. Compos., [Pg.240]

Fortunati, I. Armentano, Q. Zhou, D. Puglia, A. Terenzi, L. A. Betglund and J. M. Kenny, Polym. Degrad. Stabil, 2012, 97, 2027. [Pg.241]

Avella, G. Bogoeva-Gaceva, A. Bularovska, M. E. Errico, G. Gentile and A. Grozdanov,/. Appl Polym. Sci., 2008, 108, 3542. [Pg.241]

Authors are thankful to Ravenshaw University, Cuttack, India and NIT Raipur, India. Financial support from the UGC, New Delhi, India and CSIR, New Delhi, India is greatly appreciated. [Pg.221]

Matyjaszewski, Cationic Polymerization, Marcel Dekker, New York, 1996. [Pg.221]

Matyjaszewski and T. P. Davis, Handbook of Radical Polymerization, ed. Wiley-Interscience, Hoboken, 2002. [Pg.221]

Lecomte and R. Jerome, Ring-opening polymerization, in Encyclopedia of Polymer Science and Technology, ed. H. F. Mark and J. I. Kroschwitz, Wiley-Interscience, Hoboken, p. 547, 2004. [Pg.221]

Castro-Osma, C. Alonso-Moreno, I. Mdrquez-Segovia, A. Otero, A. Lara-Sanchez, J. Fernandez-Baeza, A. M. Rodriguez, L. F. Sdnchez-Barba and J. C. Garda-Martinez, Dalton Trans., vol. 42, pp. 9325-9337, 2013. [Pg.223]

Bleakney, W. (1929) A New Method of Positive Ray Analysis and Its Application the Measurement of Ionization Potentials in Mercury Vapors. Phys. Rev. 34 157-160. [Pg.43]

(1947) Electron Impact Mass Spectrometry. Rev. Sci. Instrum. 18 [Pg.43]

Munson, M.S.B., Eield, F.H. (1966) Chemical Ionization Mass Spectrometry. I. General Introduction. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 88 2621-2630. [Pg.43]

Yamashita, M Eenn, J.B. (1984) Electrospray Ion Source. Another Variation on the Eree-Jet Theorem. J. Phys. Chem. 88 4451-4459. [Pg.43]

M Meng, C.K., Wong, S.F., Whitehouse, C.M. (1989) Electrospray Ionization for Mass Spectrometry of Large Biomolecules. Science 246 64-71. [Pg.43]

The technique of phase transfer catalysis is now twenty-five years old and has come of age. It has been applied to many areas of organic synthesis, from small and simple molecules to large and complex polymers. Successful chiral catalysts are beginning to be reported [61], and industry is starting to embrace phase transfer methods [62]. Phase transfer catalysis clearly has an important role to play in a cleaner future. [Pg.138]

Goldberg, Phase Transfer Catalysis Selected Problems and Applications Gordon and Breach Science Publishers, Yverdon, Switzerland, 1992. Cites 1333 references our own survey found 2253 references published since 1981. [Pg.139]

Iwamoto, H. Kabayashi, P. Murer, T. Sonoda and H. Zollinger, Bull. Chem. Soc. [Pg.139]

Starks and C. Liotta, Phase Transfer Catalysis Principles and Techniques, Academic Press, Inc, 1978, 61. [Pg.139]

Noyori, R., Ikeda, T., Ohkuma, T., Widhalm, M., Kitamura, M., Takaya, [Pg.209]

Yonekawa, Y., Sato, T., and Fujisawa, T. (1986) Tetrahedron Lett., [Pg.211]

Benincori, T., Brenna, E., Sannicolo, F., Trimarco, L, Antognazza, P., Cesarotti, [Pg.211]

Griffith AA (1924) The phenomena of rupture and flows in solids. In Proceedings of the 1st international congress of applied mechanics. Delft, pp 55-63 [Pg.702]

Kelly A, MacMillan NH (1986) Strong Solids, 3rd edn. Oxford University Press, Oxford [Pg.702]

Suh NP, Turner APE (1975) Elements of mechanical behavior of solids. Scripta Book Company, Washington, D. C, pp 422-423 [Pg.702]

Systems of ionic radii were derived almost a century ago, to predict (roughly) interatomic distances in crystals. Today this is no longer necessary, since the structures of practically all binary compounds are already known and easily accessible through databases, so the ionic (as well as covalent) radii are used mainly as standard reference points for interpreting the observed interatomic distances. At the same time, for rough estimations of interatomic distances one can use the standard ionic radii and the corrections in bond lengths for different coordination numbers, derived from the structures of polymorphous inorganic compounds (see Sect. 5.2) [Pg.34]

for practical purposes one can use the radii (listed in Tables SI.7, SI.8 and SI. 12) of eations with charges 4-4 or less and of anions with eharges —1 and —2, the ions with higher charges do not exist in reality. [Pg.34]

3 Kappes MM, Radi P, Schar M, Schumacher E (1985) Chem Phys Lett 113 243 [Pg.42]

4 Antonov lO, Barker BJ, Bondybey VE, Heaven MC (2010) J Chem Phys 133 074309 [Pg.42]

Gibson. 1997. Cellular Solids—Structure and Properties. Cambridge Cambridge University Press. [Pg.49]

Fidler, C., and T.C. Simonton. 1996. Aerogel-in-foam Thermal Insulation and its Preparation. [Pg.49]

Lancaster, PA United States, Armstrong World Industries, Inc. [Pg.49]

Nguyen, L. Li, M.A.B. Meador, D.A. Scheiman, and M. Cakmak. 2013. Clay reinforced polyimide/silica hybrid aerogel. Journal of Materials Chemistry A 1(24) 7211-7221. [Pg.49]

Theoretical interrogations of existence conditions for the appearance of plasmon phenomena presented in Section 2.6 have shown that they might be fulfilled only for much larger cluster sizes than originally expected. [Pg.67]

At the same time we have illustrated with examples of clusters that the theoretical approaches involving the coupling between electronic structure and the motion of nuclei are useful tools removing the border between quantum chemistry and molecular dynamics. The development of new methods allowing the study of time-dependent phenomena [Pg.67]

The response matrices S and E from Eq. (4) have a specific paired structure, as given below [Pg.68]

This work has been supported by the Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft (SFB 337, Energy transfer in molecular aggregates) and the Consiglio Nationale delle Ricerche (CNR, Rome). [Pg.68]

BonaCid-Koutecky, P. Fantucci and J. Koutecky, Chemical Review 91, 1035-1108 (1991) and references therein. [Pg.69]

The question then becomes how can the engineering profession effectively respond to these three challenges, that is, to the challenge of peace, of poverty and underdevelopment, and of environmental sustainability As responses will depend upon the underlying ethical foundation for the engineering profession as described in the ethical codes, the next section of this work will examine engineering codes of conduct and seek to place them in an historical context. [Pg.11]

In this chapter, an overview of microkinetic modeling was given. Microkinetic modeling aims at understanding how surface structure and adsorbate properties at the molecular level affect thermodynamic and kinetic phenomena at the macroscale. Inputs to microkinetic modeling via first-principles and semiempirical methods were discussed, followed by an explanation of several microkinetic analysis tools. The modeling of the WGS reaction on platinum was presented as an example of using these tools in the assessment of the surface reaction mechanism. [Pg.187]

The work of MAC on the WGS reaction on Pt was supported by NSF, Award No. EFRI-937706. RCC acknowledges the Brazilian National Council for Research (CNPq) for his scholarship. [Pg.187]

11 ] K. Kinoshita, Carbon Electrochemical and Physicochemical Properties, John Wiley, New York, 1988, p. 20. [Pg.243]

Delhaes, F. Carmona, in Chemistry and Physics of Carbon, Vol. 17 (Eds P. Walker, P. Thrower), Marcel Dekker, New York, 1981, p. 89. [Pg.243]

Dannenberg, in Kirk-Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, Vol. 4, John Wiley, New York, 1978, p. 631. [Pg.243]

Fluidized-bed reactors can be very valuable because of certain advantages, like favorable heat transfer, uniform temperature, and the ability to add and remove catalyst particles online. On the other hand, fluidized beds are more risky and require attention to years of accumulated experience. This chapter [Pg.92]

Steady-state analysis of initial rates has formed the basis of most kinetic studies of enzymes for almost a century, and as such it includes much more detail than one can hope to cover in a single chapter. Some important topics, such as the analysis of reactions with more than one substrate, have not been discussed at all, and nearly all have been dealt with very briefly. A considerably more complete account of all of the material in this chapter may be found elsewhere (11). [Pg.182]

(1932) cited by J. B. S. Haldane and K. G. Stem in Mgemeine chemie der enzyme, pp. 119-120. Steinkopff, Dresden and Leipzig. [Pg.182]

Fersht, A. (1985) Enzyme structure and mechanism, pp. 150-154. Freeman, New York. [Pg.182]

Comish-Bowden, A. (1995) Pundamentals of enzyme kinetics (2nd edn). Portland Press, London. [Pg.182]

Finally, pheromone communication may be important in the evolution of insect species (see Section 2.3.2(b)). In two species the responsiveness of the pheromone receptor cells varies between populations according to variations in the produced pheromone compounds (Priesner, 1979a, Mustaparta et al., 1980). Hybrids of the respective populations possess either three phenotypes of receptor cells (the two parental and one intermediate) (Priesner, 1979a), or exclusively the two parental types (Mustaparta et al., unpublished). Further investigations along these lines may provide valuable information concerning evolutionary events in insects. [Pg.64]

I wish to express my sincere thanks to Drs William J. Bell, Department of Entomology, University of Kansas John Hildebrand, Department of Biological [Pg.64]

Sciences, Columbia University and Ernst Priesner, Max-Planck-Institute, See-wiesen for valuable suggestions and criticism during the preparation of this chapter. [Pg.65]

and Delbriick, M. (1968) Reduction of dimensionality in biological diffusion processes. In Structural Chemical and Molecular Biology (Rich, A. and Davidson, N., eds) pp. 198-215. Freeman, San Francisco. [Pg.65]

Altner, H. and Prillinger, L. (1980) Ultrastructure of invertebrate chemo-, thermo-, and hygroreceptor and its functional significance. Int. Rev. CytoL, 67, 69-139. [Pg.65]

5 gmol, 5 mol%) and Cul (3.23 mg, 0.17 mmol, 10mol%). The reaction mixture was then stirred at 80°C overnight under an inert atmosphere. On completion, the solvent was removed in vacuo, and the crude material was purified by column chromatography (hexanes) to give 358 mg (53%) of 66 as a viscous orange oil. [Pg.747]

The Cadiot-Chodkiewicz Active Template Synthesis of the [2]Rotaxane 74 [Pg.747]

The Suzuki Coupling to Alkynylated Naphthalene-Tricarbonylchromium Complexes 117 [Pg.748]

SIPr-HCl N,N -(2,6-Diisopropylphenyl)dihydroimidazolium chloride SPhos 2-Dicyclohexylphosphino-2, 6 -dimethoxybiphenyl [Pg.750]

TAPS 3- Tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamino]-l-propanesulfonic acid [Pg.750]

Whereas ELM and SPR provide us with the dry mass, QCM provides information about the coupled water. Thus, a combination of techniques can reveal much about the interaction of protein with the substrates as well as the surrounding medium. XRR provides another dimension by providing structural detail in the form of electron density distribution normal to the surface. Further information about the surface can be obtained by using GID. Thus, each method described here provides details about a particular aspect of thin-film coatings and, more important, about the adsorption process that [Pg.108]

Altelaar, A.F.M., Klinkert, I., Jalink, K., De Lange, R.P.J., Adan, R.A.H., Heeren, R.M.A., Piersma, S.R., 2005. Gold-enhanced biomolecular surface imaging of cells and tissue by SIMS and MALDI mass spectrometry. Anal. Chem. 78, 734—742. [Pg.109]

Linhardt, R.J., Belfort, G., 2010. Protein-associated water and secondary structure effect removal of hlood proteins from metallic substrates. Langmuir 27, 1830-1836. [Pg.109]

Anderson, J.M., 2001. Biological responses to materials. Annu. Rev. Mater. Res. 31, 81—110. [Pg.109]

Carreon, E.G.E., Volpati, D., Shimabukuro, M.H., Constantino, C.J.L., Aroca, R.F., Oliveira, O.N., Paulovich, F.V., 2013. SERS mapping in Langmuir—Blodgett films and single-molecule detection. Appl. Spectrosc. 67, 563—569. [Pg.109]

This finding may mean that the structural components of phenolic compounds in nectarine fruit are different from those in peach fruit. [Pg.94]

Aoki S, Araki C, Kaneko K, Katayama O (1971) Occurrence of L-phenylalanine ammonia-lyase activity in peach fruit during growth. Agric Biol Chem 35 784-787 [Pg.94]

Bate-Smith EC (1973) Haemanalysis of tannins the concept of relative astringency. Phytochemistry 12 907-912 [Pg.94]

Camm EL. Towers GHN (1973) Phenylalanine ammonia lyase. Phytochemistry 12 961-973 [Pg.94]

Craft CC (1961) Polyphenolic compounds in Elberta peaches during storage and ripening. Proc Am Soc Hortic Sci 78 119-131 [Pg.94]

This short review has attempted to summarize recent advances in molecular and ionic recognition. New developments in this exciting field are continuously being made. The possibilities of structural variations in improving the complexation selectivities of receptors toward specific guests will undoubtedly be accomplished in the future, benefiting the construction of new man-made chemical sensors. [Pg.69]

Laidler and J.F. Stoddart, in S. Patai (ed.). The Chemistry of Ethers, Crown Ethers, Hydroxyl Groups and their Sulphur Analogues, Part 1, John Wiley, New York (1980) 1-53. [Pg.69]

Structure and Bonding, Springer Verlag, Berlin etc. (1973) 1. [Pg.69]

Dailey, in R.M. Izatt and J.J. Christensen (eds.), Synthetic Multidentate Macrocyclic Compounds. Academic Press, New York (1978) 207. [Pg.69]

TABLE 15.1 Mossbauer Parameters of Selected Heme-Based Fe(IV)=0 Species [Pg.321]

Intermediate Iron Species trans Ligand Spin 6(mms ) AEq (mm s ) [Pg.321]

Watanabe, High-valent intermediates, in Porphyrin Handbook, K.M. Kadish, K.M. Smith, R. Guilard, eds., Vol. 4, Academic Press, New York, 2000, pp. 97-117. [Pg.322]

Okeley, W.A. van der Donk, Chem. Biol. 2000, 7, RI59-RI7I. [Pg.322]

We have in this chapter developed the various features of formulation of population balance. Section 2.11 discussed several examples in which the different features were demonstrated. However, in most of the examples, the net birth term could be dealt with through the boundary conditions. In the next chapter it will be our concern to investigate closely the nature of the birth and death terms in population balance due to breakage and aggregation processes [Pg.45]

Coulson, J. M. and J. F. Richardson with J. R. Backhurst and J. H. Harker, Chemical Engineering, Vol. 2, Pergamon Press, New York (4th edition), 1991. [Pg.45]

Hjortso, M. A. and J. E. Bailey, Steady-State Growth of Budding Yeast Populations in Well-Mixed Continuous-Flow Microbial Reactors, Math. Biosci. 60, 235-263 (1982). [Pg.45]

adenosine 5 -AMP, adenosine 5 -monophosphate AMD473, / -[ammine-dichloro(2-methyl pyridine)] platinum(II) cAMP, cyclic adenosine monophosphate BBR3464, [(rra 5 -PtCl(NH3)2)2 A-iraK5-Pt(NH3)2 (NH2(CH2) NH2)2 ] + Ben, benzene BEOV, bis(ethylmaltolato)oxovanadium(IV) Bip, biphenyl bipy, bipyridine BMOV, bis(maltolato) oxovanadium(IV) [Pg.209]

Chapter 16 Measurement of Thiamine Levels in Human Tissue [Pg.15]

Natalie M. Zahr, Mary E. Lough, Young-Chul Jung and Edith V. Sullivan [Pg.15]

In spite of the somewhat hesitating conclusions, our aim was not perhaps to deny the possibility of exergy-based analysis at all. For instance in the case of separation processes, some information can be drawn even from a simple model, as shown above. Another problem is, how the information is further used. One should always bear in mind that the underlying ideas are rather simplistic, going back to the traditional, past-century s concepts of Carnot cycles, semipermeable membranes (in case of diffusion processes), reversible cells, and the like. Their role in the development of thermodynamics is incontestable. But in their rudimentary form, they hardly can stand as a base of contemporary engineer s reasoning, however sophisticated be the methods of computation. [Pg.175]

Thermodynamic analysis goes back to the priciples. Its results (as well as those of any other formal analysis) can prove useful as a part of the whole set of informations the engineer needs for making decision at a creative level. The decision requires critical consideration of the whole set. Alas, there is no computer program for making the decision. [Pg.175]

SCHEME 11.50 Reaction of 2-bromo-4-phenylpyrimidine with KNH proceeds via ANRORC mechanism. [Pg.293]

Contrary to majority of modern methods of synthesis of indoles, these reactions do not need transition metal catalysis, so the produced indoles can by directly used in pharmaceutical and other industries. A plethora of other heterocyclic systems such as quinolines [28], benzisoxazoles [26, 27], acridines [27], phenazines, [85] etc. can be similarly constructed via S ArH reactions. [Pg.294]

SCHEME 11.53 Fast and reversible addition of nuclet hiles to electron-deficient arenes produces a -adducts that can be converted into products of S Ar reaction in many ways. Slower addition at position occupied by halogens results in conventional S Ar reaction. [Pg.294]

SjjAr reaction in halonitrohenzenes can proceed when initially formed a -adducts are not converted into products of S jArH hut learomatize via dissociation to starting nucleophiles and arenes. This equihbration followed hy slower hut itreversihle (as a rule) addition at positions occupied by halogens X and subsequent departure of X anions fiom the a -adducts results in S Ar reaction. Since [Pg.294]

Addition nucleophile ring opening ring closure [Pg.295]

there is a discrepancy in the calculated currents in naphthalene units, which have in perylene decreased visibly in magnitude. This inconsistency can be corrected by renormalization. Instead of the normalization factor IK(K - 1) one has to multiply it with the factor of 4/3, which will increase the calculated currents of 0.50000 and 0.75000 to 0.66667 and 1.0000, respectively. [Pg.320]

As mentioned earlier, in physics the introduction of renormalization was viewed for about a year with great skepticism and suspicion before being accepted because [Pg.320]

Those interested in pursuing the problem of renormalization associated with ring currents in systans with essentially single CC bonds may consider the following [Pg.321]

Consider systems having essentially single CC bonds connecting smaller benze-noid (and possibly non-benzenoid) fragments and see if there is a way that allows finding renormalization factors of such systems without examination individually of all Kekule valence structures. [Pg.321]

The minimal standard model, a gauge theory with broken symmetry, constructed according to the rules studied in the previous chapters, provides a [Pg.87]

If we write the various cross-section formulae (5.1.27, 30, 39 and 40) in terms of gy and qa, and compare with experiment we get the allowed regions for shown in Fig. 8.21. This figure also shows data fixim LEP to be discussed in Chapter 8. Note the beautiful overlap in the region expected from electroweak theory. Using the relation (5.1.11) between [Pg.88]

The question of more refined tests to higher order, and of extending the theory to the hadronic sector, are dealt with in the next few chapters. The interplay between electroweak and strong forces (QCD) is discussed in Chapters 22 and 23. [Pg.89]

The amorphous state is defined as a condensed, noncrystalline state of matter. Many polymers are amorphous under ordinary use conditions, including polystyrene, poly(methyl methacrylate), and poly(vinyl acetate). Crystalline polymers such as polyethylene, polypropylene, and nylon become amorphous above their melting temperatures. [Pg.227]

In the amorphous state the position of one chain segment relative to its neighbors is relatively disordered. In the relaxed condition, the polymer chains making up the amorphous state form random coils. The chains are highly entangled with one another, with physical cross-links appearing at about every 600 backbone atoms. [Pg.227]

While the amorphous polymer state is liquid-like in the classical sense, if the polymer is glassy, a better term would be amorphous solid, since measurable flow takes years or centuries. Ordinary glass, an inorganic polymer, is such a glassy polymer. The chains are rigidly interlocked in glassy polymers, motion being restricted to vibrational modes. [Pg.227]

Above the glass transition, the polymer may flow if it is not in network form. On a submicroscopic scale, the chains interdiffuse with one another with a rep-tating motion. Common values of the diffusion coefficient vary from 10 ° to 10 cm /s, depending inversely on the square of the molecular weight. [Pg.227]

Balta-Calleja, K. D. Berling, H. Cackovic, R. Hosemann, and J. Loboda-Cackovic, J. Macromol Set Phys., B12, 383 (1976). [Pg.227]

the problem of phase transformations and the behavior of DSs is urgent at present and for future science and technology development. Many physicochemical problems remain unsolved so far, especially for multicomponent DSs. Some of [Pg.432]

The information exchange on Best Available Techniques for the Production of Polymers was carried out from 2003 to 2005. It took two years to collect the information, to draft this document and to develop this document based on the comments arising from two consultations and the final TWG meeting. Table 15.1 shows the milestones of the work. [Pg.279]

Final Technical Working Group meeting 24-27 October 2005 [Pg.279]

Some reports were elaborated prior to the kick-off meeting on piupose to provide targeted information for the development of this doeument. The reports were submitted by Plastics Europe, the industry association representing the majority of European polymer producers, and by Germany, Italy, and France. These doeuments ean be considered building blocks for the first draft. [Pg.279]

A big part of the information was obtained by visiting 12 production sites in Spain, Belgium, the Netherlands and Austria, usually organised and accompanied by one or more TWG members. Additionally, a wide variety of other sources provided information and examples of good practices. The sources include Industry and Member State shadow groups. Additionally, information so that two more chapters could be included in the second draft was provided by Plastics Europe and Austria. [Pg.279]

Generally, the exchange of information was dominated by the input of industry associations. [Pg.279]

For Fe- and Cu-modified zeolites, there is general agreement that NH3-SCR can proceed on isolated cation sites, but their intrinsic activities appear to depend in an unknown way on the cation position in the zeolite. There are indications for the involvement of ohgomeric oxide stmctures in catalysts as well although this is not generally accepted. Fast SCR over Fe zeolites uses exclusively isolated sites, probably a type stabilized as Fe by two nearby framework A1 ions. [Pg.210]

Active site concepts for Mn- and Ce-based systems are not yet well developed, which is partly due to problems in the reliable differentiation between oxidation states in case of Mn. [Pg.210]

Taylor HS (1925) A Theory of the Catalytic Surface. Proc Royal Soc A 108 105-111 [Pg.211]

Vedrine JC (eds) (2012) Characterization of Solid Materials and Heterogeneous Catalysts - From Structure to Surface Reactivity. Wiley-VCH, Weinheim [Pg.211]

Weckhuysen BM, van der Voort P, Catana G (eds) (2000) Spectroscopy of Transition Metal Ions on Surfaces. Feuven University Press, Leuven [Pg.211]

Eisenberg and W. Kauzmann, Structure and Properties of Water, Oxford, 2005. [Pg.260]

Belkadi, F. Llovell, V. Gerbaud and L. F. Vega, Fluid Phase Equilib., [Pg.263]

McCabe, A. Gil-Villegas and G. Jackson, Chem. Phys. Lett., 1999,303, 27-36. [Pg.264]

lUPAC Compendium of Chemical Terminology, ed. A. D. McNaught and A. Wilkinson, Royal Society of Chemistry, Cambridge, 2nd edn,1997. [Pg.27]

http //www.fda.gov/Food/FoodIngredientsPackaging/GenerallyRecognized-asSafcGRAS/default.htm. [Pg.27]

The epoxidation of alkenes using transition metal-based catalysts is certainly a well-studied reaction. There are, however, only a few really good and general systems that work with environmentally benign oxidants (e.g., aqueous hydrogen peroxide). A comparison of the efficiency figures obtained with the catalysts described in this chapter is presented in Table 2.9. [Pg.79]

Sheldon, R.A. (2002) Applied Homogeneous Catalysis with OrganometaUic Compound, 2nd edn, 1 (eds B. Comilsand WA. Herrmann), Wiley-VCH, Weinherm, pp. 412—427. jOTgensen, KA. (1989) Chem. Rev., [Pg.80]

For a comprehensive review, see Katsuki, T. (1999) Comprehensive Asymmetric Catalysis, n (eds E.N. [Pg.80]

18 Thiel, W.R. (1998) Transition Metals for Organic Synthesis, 2 (eds M. Bellerand C. Bolm), Wiley-VCH, Weinheim, [Pg.81]

The failure rate and financial uncertainties facing even traditionally successful enterprises are formidable. Nevertheless, the diversity, potential quality and abundance of tropical crops, ideal seasonal match with temperature zones (developed countries) demands labour advantages and a critical need for the generation of hard currency are factors meriting careful development efforts. [Pg.14]

Finally, future research and development efforts on the importance of dietary fat as an essential nutrient and the usage of fats and oils in a variety of food products will become more seriously involved in the role of dietary fat in relation to human health. This trend may have a serious impact on the dynamics of the world situation in oils and fats production and consumption. [Pg.14]

Lennarts, L. (1983) Oelschrote, Oelkuchen, pflanzliche Oele and Fette, Herkunft, Gewin-nung, Verwendung, Bonn, 1983, Verlag Alfred Strotker, Hannover. [Pg.14]

Mielke, S. (1992) Proceedings Oils and Fats in Nineties, eds. V.K.S. Shukla and F.D. Gunstone, IFSC A/S, ISBN 87-984166-1-8. [Pg.14]

Princen, L.H. (1989) Commercialization of new industrial crops. P205-216, in Fats for the Future, ed. R.C. Cambie, Ellis Horwood, Chichester, UK. [Pg.14]

Pt-based alloys have been developed for many years to improve the catalytic activity of the oxygen reduction reaction and the methanol oxidation reaction, and reduce Pt loading in the catalyst layers of the PEM fuel cell cathode and anode. Great progress has been made in recent years in terms of alloy activity screening, alloy mechanism discovery, and alloy stability investigation. [Pg.650]

With respect to Pt-based alloy eatalysts for the MOR at the anode, Pt-Ru/C remains the best anode eatalyst for DMFCs. Much work has been involved in optimizing the preparation, eomposition, and structure of the Pt-Ru alloy eatalyst to maximize its activity. The alloying effects on the MOR have been explored in terms of the bi-functional, electronic, and spillover effects, although some controversy remains. With respect to catalyst stability, the ruthenium dissolution/erossover issue has been identified. Ternary and quaternary Pt alloy [Pg.650]

Gasteiger HA, Kocha SS, SompaUi B, Wagner FT. Activity benchmarks and requirements for Pt, Pt-alloy, and non-Pt oxygen reduction catalysts for PEMFCs. Appl Catal B Environmental 2005 56 9-35. [Pg.651]

Liu HS, Song CJ, Zhang L, Zhang JJ, Wang HJ, WiUdnson DP. A review of anode catalysis in the direet methanol fuel eell. J Power Sources 2006 155 95-110. [Pg.651]

Thompsett D. Pt alloys as oxygen reduetion eatalysts. In Vielstich W, Gasteiger HA, Lamm A, editors. Handbook of fuel eells - fundamentals, technology and applications. [Pg.651]

A significant number of examples of cascades involving TAs have been reported during the past years demonstrating the broad apphcability of these enzymes for synthetic chemistry and industrial purposes. The combination of TAs with other enzymes provides thereby a new level of efficient FGls, which is difficult or impossible to achieve by pure chemical means. Although smart and sustainable processes [Pg.82]

For general readings on biocatalysis, see (a) Faber, K. (2011) Biotransformations in Organic Chemistry, 7th edn, Springer-Verlag, Berlin (b) Grunwald, [Pg.83]

Multi-Enzyme Systems and Cascade Reactions Involving Cytochrome P450 Monooxygenases [Pg.87]

Recently, multistep enzyme-catalyzed reactions have attracted the attention of chemists and biotechnologists, as they can be combined in a modular manner and often lead to high-value compounds. All naturally occurring metabolic pathways are basically cascade reactions. Based on natural principles, synthetic chemists search for universal multistep processes applicable to a vast number of chemical compounds. Multistep enzyme-catalyzed reactions involving nonphysiological substrates and selective enzymes are of particular interest because they may lead to tailor-made complex molecules with desired properties. Moreover, one of the most important advantages of multistep enzyme-catalyzed reaction sequences [Pg.87]

Sinha Ray and M. Okamoto, Polymer/layered silicate nanocomposites A review from preparation to processing. Progress in Polymer Science, 28 (2003), 1539-1641. [Pg.93]

Pavlidou and C. D. Papaspyrides, A review on polymCT-layered silicate nanocomposites. Progress in Polymer Science, 33 (2008), 1119-98. [Pg.93]

de Paiva, A. R. Morales, and F. R. Valenzuela Dfaz, Organoclays Properties, preparation and applications. Applied Clay Science, 42 (2008), 8-24. [Pg.94]

Lagaly, Interaction of alkylamines with different types of layered compounds. Solid State Ionics, 22 (1986), 43-51. [Pg.94]

Lagaly and K. Beneke, Intercalation and exchange reactions of clay minerals and non-clay layer compounds. Colloid and Polymer Science, 269 (1991), 1198-1211. [Pg.94]

Imahori, H. Yamada, Y. Nishimura, I. Yamazaki, Y. Sakata, J Phys. Chem. B 104, 2099 [Pg.157]

Willner, B. Willner, J. Mater. Chem. 8, 2543 (1998) and references therein. [Pg.157]

Nishihara, Organometallic Conductive Polymers , in Handbook of Organic Conductive Molecules and Polymers, H. S. Nalwa, ed., Wiley, 1997, Vol. 2, Chap. 19, pp. 799-832. [Pg.157]

The Chemistry of the Quinonoid Compounds, Parts 1, 2, Wiley, Bristol, UK, 1974. [Pg.158]

Murata, T. Fujita, M. Yamada, M. Kurihara, H. Nishihara, Chem. Lett. 2000, 1328 (2000). [Pg.158]

I would like to thank Dr Renee Grayer for her useful comments on this chapter, and my colleagues in the Legume Research Team at the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, for their continuing interest and support. [Pg.52]

Achnine, L., Huhman, D.V, Farag, M.A. et al. (2005). Genomics-based selection and functional characterization of triterpene glycosyltransferases from the model legume Medicago truncatula. The Plant Journal, 41, 875-887. [Pg.52]

Akashi, T., Koshunizu, S., Aoki, T. et al. (2006a). Identification of cDNAs encoding pterocarpan reductase involved in isoflavan phytoalexin biosynthesis in Lotus japonicus by EST mining. FEES Letters, 580, 5666-5670. [Pg.52]

Akashi, T., VanEtten, H.D., Sawada, Y. et al. (2006b). Catalytic specificity of pea O-methyltransfer-ases suggests gene duplication for (+)-pisatin biosynthesis. Phytochemistry, 67,2525-2530. [Pg.52]

(2000). An enantiomeric assay for the flavonoids medicarpin and vestitone using capillary electrophoresis. Electrophoresis, 21,2051-2057. [Pg.53]

We gratefully acknowledge the financial support for this project by the DFG (Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft) though the Collaborative Research Center SFB 623. [Pg.47]

Andrews, L. and Moskovits, M. (eds) (1989) Chemistry and Physics of Matrix-Isolated Species, North-HoUand Publishing Company, Amsterdam. [Pg.48]

PTR-MS proton transfer reaction mass spectrometry PUFA polyunsaturated fatty acid [Pg.286]

SE-HPLC size-exclusion high-performance liquid chromatography [Pg.286]

Abramzon, B., Sirignano, W. A.. 1989. Droplet vaporization model for spray combustion calculations. Int. J. Heat Mass Transfer 32 1605-1618. [Pg.286]

Adhikari, B., Howes, T., Bhandari. B. R., Troung, V., 2003. Surface stickiness of drops of carbohydrate and organic acid solutions during convective drying Experiments and modeling. Drying Technol. [Pg.286]

Further studies of the way natural materials are constructed and the way they adapt to their environment will enable us to produce an exciting array of self-responsive structures and materials for regenerative medicine, structural applications, and applied engineering materials. [Pg.27]

In nature, biomaterials are made with immaculate resource and energy efficiency using common, readily available substrates through self-assembly into highly organized hierarchies. Functional structures optimized to their environment are produced [Pg.27]

Learning the synthesis and design methods from these marine structures will give us the opportunity to produce structures with intricate shapes and architectures that are tailored to their functions and do not break down. [Pg.27]

Future advanced biomimetic scaffolds must be able to adapt to these changes and meet the ever-changing needs of developing tissues. We anticipate synthesizing biomaterial scaffolds with functional cross-links and pendant side groups that interact with surrounding cell population at three levels at the contact interface (nano/meso level), at the architectural (micro level), and at the biofunctional (macro level). [Pg.27]

The author would like to thank to a large number of Ph.D. students and postdoctoral fellows contributed to advancement of marine structure-based biomaterials and the related experimental work. Special thanks to Prof. B. Milthorpe, A/E rof. D.W. Green, and Dr J. Chou for their continued support in search of the most appropriate biomaterial. [Pg.28]

Nozieres, Theory of Interacting Fermi Systems (Benjamin, New York, 1964). [Pg.214]

Hedin and S. Lundqvist, in Solid State Physics, edited by H. Ehrenreich, F. Seitz, and D. Turnbull (Academic Press, New York, 1969), Vol. 23, p. 1. [Pg.214]

Fetter and J. D. Walecka, Quantum Theory of Many-Particle Systems, (McGraw-HiU, New York, 1971). [Pg.214]

Many-Particle Ph3/sfcs(Plenum, New York, 1990) [Pg.214]

Heinonen, Many-Particle Theory (Adam Hilger, Bristol, 1991). [Pg.214]

The modem chemist engaged in the determination of enantiomeric purity needs to be aware of the breadth of techniques that are available. It should become standard practice for workers to determine [Pg.60]

Besson, M. and Gallezot, R, In Sheldon, R.A. and Bekkum, H. van (Eds.), Fine Chemicals through Heterogeneous Catalysis, Wiley-VCH, Weinheim, 2001, pp. 491-506 and 507-518. [Pg.233]

For oxidations over gold catalysts see Comotti, M., Della Pina, C., Matarrese, R., Rossi, M. and Siani, A., Appl. Catal. A Gen., 2005, 291, 204-209 Prati, L. and Porta, R, Appl. Catal. A Gen., 2005, 291, 199-203. [Pg.233]

Kachkarova-Sorokina, S.L., Gallezot, P. and Sorokin, A.B., Chem. Commun., 2004, 2844-2845. [Pg.234]

For a review of metal catalyzed epoxidations with hydrogen peroxide see Lane, B.S. and Burgess, K., Chem. Rev., 2003,103,2437 2473. [Pg.234]

The voltanmietric electrochemical techniques discussed in this chapter are widely used in food sample analysis. While linear sweep and CV are preferred for exploring electron transfer reaction mechanisms, pulse techniques are used to achieve better detection and quantification limits of organic and inorganic species in food analysis. Together, these techniques can provide not only quantitative data but also important kinetic and thermodynamic information regarding the electron transfer processes of the complex food matrix. [Pg.44]

Mechanosynthesis was shown to be able to synthesize a wide range of nano-structured perovskites, with an interesting capability for doping and substituting [Pg.42]

To sum up, it seems that mechanosynthesis is a very promising synthesis technology for production of ultrafine and nanostructured compounds and composites. As the synthesis of perovskites does not require a controlled atmosphere, this technique could be considered as an interesting alternative for the production of perovskites in large scale. The technique becomes more interesting if the small level of contamination is tolerated in the final product. [Pg.43]

Takacs, L. (2003) M. Carey Lea, the father of mechanochemistry. Bull. Hist. Chem., 28, 26-34. [Pg.43]

Boldyreva, V.V. and Tkacova, K. (2000) Mechanochemistry of solids past, present, and prospects. J. Mater. Synth, Process, 8, 121-132. [Pg.43]

5 Suryanarayana, C. (2001) Mechanical alloying and milling. Prog. Mater. Sci., 46, 1-184. [Pg.44]

This section has dealt with a diversity of compounds of very different structural types and of different biogenetic origins. Some types of compounds have been investigated in more detail than others. This situation does not reflect the relative importance of the compounds but rather the academic interest of natural product chemists. The literature is, of course, not covered completely since the intention has been to emphasize common constituents or constituents of general interest. Additional references to recent work on some of the classes of compounds, discussed in this section, can be obtained from a comprehensive review on benzenoid and polycyclic aromatic natural products by Simpson (108). [Pg.528]

1 Agagao Craveizo A, da Costa Prado A, Gottlieb O R, Wellerson de Albuquerque P C 1970 Diarylheptanoids of Centrolobium species. Phytochemistry 9 1869-1875 [Pg.528]

2 Arakawa H, Torimoto N, Masui Y 1968 Die absolute Konfiguration des (-)-)5-Tetralols und des Agrimonolides. Tetrahedron Lett 4115-4117 [Pg.528]

3 Arnone A, Camarda L, Merlini L, Nasini G 1975 Structure of the red sandalwood pigments san-talins A and B. J Chem Soc Perkin Trans I 186-194 [Pg.528]

The review deals mainly with developments in the last ten years. [Pg.86]

In the biochemical field, the central problem for future work is the function of vitamin K on the metabolic level. The hypothesis of the participation of vitamin Ki in the respiratory chain phosphorylation, put forward by Martius in 1953, is supported by new results. More work, however, is necessary to elucidate the exact mode of action of vitamin Ki or vitamin K2 compounds in this enzymatic system. Labeled K vitamins of high activity may be helpful for this purpose. [Pg.86]

For metabolic activity the polyisoprene side chain, present in the vitamin Kx and Kj molecules, seems to be necessary. Considering the fact that vitamin K2 compounds and ubiquinones with side chains of different lengths occur in nature, it would be interesting to find out whether this variation is correlated with differences in their natural function. Some evidence of such correlation has already been found in both in vivo and in vitro tests. [Pg.86]

The observation that menadione is transformed into a vitamin K2(2o in the animal is in agreement with the assumption that only vitamin K compounds with polyisoprene-like side chains are metabolically active. From investigations on the participation of mevalonic acid in the biosynthesis of the ubiquinones, (the side chains having the same structural arrangement as in vitamin K2) evidence is given that this precursor is also used for the [Pg.86]

With regard to the mode of action of vitamin K in the blood clotting system, no progress was made. At present it is not possible to decide whether, besides its general metabolic function, vitamin K also plays a specific role in the synthesis of special plasma proteins. [Pg.87]

While we have presented results only for unstable thin liquid films, it should not be ignored that similar instability processes occur also in (visco)-elastic or even solid films. We also did not discuss related problems of the consequences of density gradients or the influence of additives. As an alternative to long-range vdW forces, destabilization may also be induced by an electric field. These concepts can also be extended to bilayer systems. For a review of technological applications of dewetting, see chapter 14. [Pg.184]

Consequently, I am expecting that efforts in these directions will be intensified, and not just because of the aesthetic aspects of the evolving patterns. [Pg.185]

Fruitful discussions with Ashutosh Sharma, Rajesh Khanna, Fran-coise Brochard, Elie Raphael, and Ullrich Steiner are gratefully acknowledged. 1 am indebted to Philippe Auroy for providing us with end-functionalized PDMS molecules. Early parts of this work were supported by the Indo-French Centre for the Promotion of Advanced Research/Centre Franco-lndien Pour la Promotion de la Recherche. [Pg.185]

Ivanov, Thin LiquidFUms Fundamentals and Applications. New York Marcel Dekker (1988]. [Pg.185]

Derjaguin, Theory of Stability of Thin Films and Colloids. New York Consultants Bureau/Plenum Press (1989). [Pg.185]

Full three-dimensional description of cells of technical size having active areas of several 100 cm requires a huge computational effort, such that even with today s computing resources, compromises may be required with respect to resolution of the small structures (Roos et al., 2003). [Pg.273]

Compared to steady-state approaches, computational effort in the time domain is generally considerably higher for the same dimensionality and thus requires adequate computational resources. Similar to the development of steady-state models about a decade ago, simplifying assumptions (e.g., isothermal, single phase, reduced dimensions) are therefore made to reduce the computational requirements. Transient modeling has become a focus only in recent years but is expected to become a more common tool in the future. [Pg.273]

Modeling has increased understanding of the complex coupled transport processes in all types of fuel cells and on different scales. For design purposes, modeling today is used in fuel cell development where standard, established [Pg.273]

Hajimolana S. A., M. A. Hussain, W. M. A. Wan Daud, M. Soroush, A. Shamiri, Mathematical modeling of solid oxide fuel cells a review, Renew. Sustain. Energy Rev., 15, 1893 (2011). [Pg.274]

Shah A. A., K. H. Luo, T. R. Ralph, F. C. Walsh, Recent trends and developments in polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cell modelling, Electrochim. Acta, 56, 3731 (2011). [Pg.274]

Chequer, F.M.D., Dorta, D.J., Pahna de Oliveira, D., 2011. Azo dyes and their metabohtes does the discharge of the azo dye into water bodies represent human and ecological risks In Hauser, P. (Ed.), Advances in Treating Textile Effluent. InTech, ISBN 978-953-307-704-8. Chequer, E.M.D., Ohveira, G.A.R., Ferraz, E.R.A., Cardoso, J.C., Zanoni, M.V.B., Ohveira, D.P., 2013. Textile Dyes Dyeing Process and Environmental Impact. InTech. [Pg.191]

DyStar Customer Service, 2000. Ecology. News Letter (2). DyStar TextUfarben GmbH Co. Deutschland KG, Customer Service Ecology. [Pg.191]

Eisher, A., Hill, S.J., 1998. Analytical Atomic Spectrometry. John Wiley Sons, Chichester. [Pg.191]

Ghaedi, M., Ahmadi, E., Soylak, M., 2007. Preconcentration and separation of nickel, copper and cobalt using solid phase extraction and their determination in some real samples. J. Hazard. Mater. 147, 226-231. [Pg.191]

Typical reacting CFD simulation results and performance evaluation for the multijet tubular condensation polymerization reactor. [Pg.529]

thanks Professor R. O. Fox and his research group at the Iowa State University, Dr. C. LaMarca and colleagues in the DuPont Engineering Research and Technology department for the review of Sec. 9.10, and DuPont management for the support. [Pg.530]

(1953). Principles of Polymer Chemistry, Cornell University Press, Ithaca, NY. [Pg.530]

Biesenberger, J. a., Sebastian, D. H. (1983). Principles of Polymerization Engineering, Krieger, Florida, ISBN 0-89464-603-6. [Pg.530]

Laurence, R. L., Tirrell, M. (1995). Polymerization Process Modeling. VCH, Weinheim, ISBN 1-56081-693-7. WuLKOw, M. (1996). Macromol. Theory Simul, 5, 393-416. [Pg.530]

Scale matters. We have seen that scale may be used to facilitate reconstruction of structures with nano-components, but it has also shown that scale is important when simulation takes place. When calculated correctly, properly, or if you like, usefully, transport effective coefficients can be determined and even compared to experimental data. However, in some cases new approaches may need to be considered. Here, approaches like mesoscopic physics, or a model of multiple scattering with effective media approximation (EMA) for condensed matter, based on the approach of atomic cluster, may play important roles. Recently, a review (Debe, 2012) was discussed on the different approaches that scientists and fuel cell developers in general, are using in order to have better and cheaper catalysts. Many have made a great impact on CL structures. Some approaches included supporting material but others considered unsupported catalysts too. The aspect ratio of particles has been recognized as a relevant factor. Metallic membranes, meshes, and bulk materials have also been considered of which the structural features will impact on the final structure and functionality of fuel cell technology. Local structures and at different levels of scale are still subjects of interest in many scientific works (Soboleva et al, 2010). [Pg.65]

Stassi, A., Modica, E., Ornelas, R., Gatto, I., Passalacqua, E. Antomicci, V Performance and degradation of high temperature polymer electrolyte fuel-cell catalysts. J. Power Sources 178 (2008), pp. 525-536. [Pg.65]

Barbosa, R., Andaverde, X, Escobar, B. Cano, U. Stochastic reconstruction and a scaling method to determine effective transport coefficients of a proton exchange membrane fuel cell catalyst layer. J. Power Sources 196 (2011a),pp. 1248-1257. [Pg.65]

Barbosa, R., Escobar, B., Cano, U., Pedicini, R., Ornelas, R. Passalacqua, E. Stochastic reconstruction at two scales and experimental validation to determine the effective electrical resistivity of a PEMFC catalyst layer. Ci Trara. 41 1 (2011b), pp. 2061-2071. [Pg.65]

This chapter has given a brief outline of the key aspects of silo pressure phenomena and their implications for potential damage to silo structures. It is evident that the subject is large and requires much more detailed treatment on many issues than is possible here. However, many references to other useful sources have been given. [Pg.132]

Our understanding of silo pressures and their consequences for storage structures is continually expanding, sometimes as a result of new catastrophes. As a result, current advice and standards are likely to be steadily improved, and better treatments should be available for many of the questions that were imperfectly answered here. The reader is invited to seek specialist advice when new problems are encountered. [Pg.132]

Some statistical properties of defect turbulent states in EHC were studied experimentally [42, 133, 134] and, as pointed out before, the role of thermal fluctuations slightly below threshold was measured and analyzed. Of the numerous investigations of far-off threshold effects we only mention the study of phase waves in the oscillatory bimodal state [135, 136] and the transition between strongly turbulent states [60]. [Pg.286]

Besides the case of planar surface alignment of the director, considered here, one can have homeotropic alignment where by appropriate treatment of the confining plates the di- [Pg.286]

11 Very recently a multifractal analysis of electroconvective turbulence has been performed [170]. 286 [Pg.286]

Besides the planar and homeotropic alignment there is also the possibility of hybrid anchoring, i. e. planar on one side, homeotropic on the other. Then, in the basic state the director bends by nil when going from one plane to the other and there are in fact two symmetry equivalent directions for the bend to occur. Usually the preparation procedure of the probe, i. e. the filling with the LC, will single out one direction. Thus the basic state is not reflection symmetric and the pattern is expected to drift. Recently, this has been shown theoretically [143]. Under dc driving drift can also be imposed by non-ideal planar alignment. [Pg.287]

Although during the last 12 years much progress could be achieved, there still remain many open problems. For planar alignment there exist some quantitative discrepancies with the SM which are possibly not explained by the WEM. It is also not yet clear if that model will explain the (very weakly) subcritical bifurcation, observed under some conditions. But this should be resolved in the near future. [Pg.288]

Hodgson, V.L. Pillay, A.G. Fane, Eroc. World Filtration Congr. 1993, 6, 607-610. [Pg.31]

Caries Torras, Tania Cumi, and Ricard Carcia-Valls [Pg.33]

As a consequence some membrane processes have already been applied at industry level and certain of them, for instance, water treatment (including water desalination), food purification and biomedical purposes (blood dialysis), are even industrially consolidated. [Pg.33]

Monitorir]g and Visualizing Membrane-Based Processes Edited by Carme Giiell, Montserrat Ferrando, and Francisco Lopez Copyright 2009 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH Co. KGaA, Weinheim ISBN 978-3-527-32006-6 [Pg.33]

This chapter is divided in two sections. The first presents a review of the different techniques used for the morphological characterization of membranes. The second explains some cases studies developed by authors to carry out the mentioned characterization, adding emphasis on software developed by the authors to achieve these purposes, providing quantitative, fast and systematic analysis. [Pg.34]

Bisgard GE. The role of arterial chemoreceptors in ventilatory acclimatization to h poxia. In O Regan RG, Nolan P, McQueen DS, Paterson DJ, eds. Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology. Vol. 360, Arterial Chemoreceptors Cell to System. New York Plenum Press, 1994 109-122. [Pg.459]

Olson EB Jr, Dempsey JA. Rat as a model for humanlike ventilatory adaptation to chronic hypoxia. J Appl Physiol Respir Environ Exercise Physiol 1978 44(5) 763-769. [Pg.459]

Powell FL, Huey KA, Dwinell MR. Central nervous system mechanisms of ventilatory acclimatization to hypoxia. Respir Physiol 2000 121(2-3) 223-236. [Pg.459]

Dwinell MR, Powell FL. Chronic hypoxia enhances the phrenic nerve response to arterial chemoreceptor stimulation in anesthetized rats. J Appl Physiol 1999 87(2) 817-823. [Pg.459]

Distinct methods and strategies to tailor polymeric substrates with topographical signals have been discussed in this chapter. From the extensive work developed by many researchers and summarized here, it is evident that the majority of the studies has been performed onto 2 D surfaces, mainly due to the limitation of the fabrication techniques. Further and continuous advances in micro- and nanofabrication, as well as other technologies are under development. It is expected that by applying these technologies it would be possible to translate the advanced 2D models into 3D structures with such a high structural and hierarchical complexity that could mimic more efficiently the in vivo environment. [Pg.300]

Finally, it is expected that the continuous development of smart and biomimetic surfaces, for example, with cues that change by altering a given stimulus, will be of great importance as they will help to understand cell behavior in a dynamic environment, similar as the in vivo environment. [Pg.301]

29 Horbett, T.A. (2004) The role of adsorbed proteins in tissue response to biomaterials, in Biomaterials Science (eds B.D. Ramer, A,E, Hoffman, F,(, Shoen, and J.E. Lemons), Elsevier Academic Press, San Diego, p, 237, [Pg.302]

30 Saltzman, W.M, (2000) Cell interactions with polymers, in Principles of Tissue Engineerir (eds R,P, Lanza, R, Langer, and J.P. Vacanti), Academic Press, New York, [Pg.302]

As shown in this review, great efforts have been made in the past few decades to develop potential models for mixed ionic-covalent glass formers. Significant advancements in potential development have taken place in terms of the functional form, the improved efficiency and the parameterization procedure. It remains a great challenge and there is still much room for further improvement in the construction of reliable, effective, and transferable potential models for such systems. The following questions need to be addressed for future potential development for mixed ionic-covalent glass formers. [Pg.108]

Potential development in the past for mixed ionic-covalent glass formers was mainly based on independent efforts. Constmction of the functional form and selection of the input data set and fitting procedure were strongly influenced by the developer s personal choices. Developing potential seemed more like art than science, sometimes hit-or-miss for no obvious reason. Such a process for potential [Pg.109]

Hemmati et al., in Comparison of Pair-Potential Models for the Simulation of Liquid Si02 Thermodynamic, Angular-Distribution, and Dijfusional Properties, in Physics Meets Mineralogy Condensed-Matter Physics in Geosciences, ed. by H. Aoki, Y. Syono, R.J. Hemley (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2000), p. 325 M. Benoit et al., Europhys. Lett. 60(2), 269-275 (2002) [Pg.111]

Catlow et al., Philos. Mag. A-Phys. Condens. Matter Struct. Defects Mech. Prop. 58(1), 123-141 (1988) [Pg.111]

Neutze, E. Pebay-Peyroula, K. Edman, A. Royant, J. Navarro and E. M. Landau, Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 2002, 1565, 144. [Pg.79]

Flasselbalch and A. Krogh, Skand. Arch. Physiol., 1904, 16, 402. [Pg.81]

In fact there are numerous examples of materials which are remarkably similar in crystal structure and spin quantum number, yet, show a high level of divergence in the nature of the ground state. The case of the S = % ordered NaCl compounds, Li50sOg (AFLRO) and Li4MgReOg (spin [Pg.108]

these materials are likely to continue to fascinate researchers in many disciplines for some time to come. [Pg.109]

This research was financially supported by Technology Foundation STW (Netherlands) under Project No. 12094 and the National Natural Science Foundation of China (NSFC) Grant No. 51274005. [Pg.400]

Van Arkel, A.E. and De Boer, J.H. (1925) Darstellung von reinem Titanium-, Zirkonium-, Hafnium- und Thorium-metall. Z. Anorg. Allg. Chem, 148(1), 345-350. [Pg.400]

(1955) How commercial titanium and zirconium were born. J. Franklin Inst, 260(3), 169-192. [Pg.401]

Haygarth, J.C. and Graham, R.A. (1999) Review of extraction, processing, properties and applications of reactive metals. TMS Annual Meeting, San Diego, CA, 28 February tol5 March. [Pg.401]

Becker, A.J. and Careatti, D.R. (1981) Continuous production of finely divided zirconium powder. US Patent 4285 724. [Pg.401]

Gyulai and Cs. B. Penzes are acknowledged for their valuable assistance in the preparation of the manuscript. [Pg.322]

3 Fried, M., Lohner, T., and Petrik, P. (2001) Ellipsometric characterization of thin films, in Handbook of Surfaces and Interfaces of Materials, vol. 4 (ed. H.S. Nalwa), Academic Press, pp. 335-367. [Pg.323]

7 Fried, M., Petrik, P., Lohner, T, Khanh, N.Q., Polgar, O., and Gyulai, J. (2004) Thin Solid Films, 455, 404. [Pg.323]

(a) Illuminati, G., Mandolin , L. (1981). Ring closure reactions of bifunctional chain molecules. Accounts of Chemical Research, 14, 95-102. (b) GaUi, C., Mandohni, L. (2000). The role of ling strain on the ease of ring closure of bifunctional chain molecules. European Journal of Organic Chemistry, 2000(18), 3117-3125. [Pg.235]

For a recent reviews, see Bonne, D., Constantieux, T., Coquerel, Y., Rodriguez, J. (2013). Stereoselective multiple bond-forming transformations (MBFTs) the power of 1,2- and 1,3-dicarbonyl compounds. Chemistry - A European Journal, 19, 2218-2231. [Pg.235]

(a) Harmata, M. (2010). The [4-1-3]-cycloaddition reaction simple aUylic cations as dienophiles. Chemical Cormnnnications, 46, 8886-8903. (b) Harmata, M. (2010). The [4-l-3]-cycloaddition reaction heteroatom-substituted aUylic cations as dienophiles. Chemical Cormnnnications, 46, 8904-8922. [Pg.235]

(a) Pellissier, H. (2011). Recent developments in the [5-1-2] cycloaddition. Advanced Synthesis Catalysis, 353, 189-218. (b) Ylijoki, K. E. O., Stryker, J. M. (2013). [5- 2] cycloaddition reactions in organic and natural product synthesis. Chemical Reviews, 113, 2244-2266. [Pg.236]

For selected reviews on metathesis, see (a) Vougioukalakis, G. C., Grubbs, R. H. (2010). Ruthenium-based heterocyclic carbene-coordinated olefin metathesis catalysts. Chemical Review, 110, 1746-1787. (b) Nolan, S. R, Clavier, H. (2010). Chemoselective olefin metathesis transformations mediated by ruthenium complexes. Chemical Society Reviews, 39, 3305-3316. (c) Kress, S., Blechert, S. (2012). Asymmetric catalysts for stereocontrolled olefin metathesis reactions. Chemical Society Reviews, 41, 4389-4408. [Pg.236]

The purity of some of the few which are commercially available (though this does seem to be improving) [Pg.68]

The measurement of rate constants for addition of radical to these new traps, and the resulting lifetimes of the adducts [Pg.68]

The development of further separation methods (e.g. HPLC techniques) to allow the absolute characterisation of adduct species (particularly for carbon-centred species) [Pg.68]

The ability to control the location of a spin trap and its adducts, in order that information can be obtained about sites of radical formation in biological systems [Pg.69]

The ability to use these spin traps in vivo without the occurrence of other complicating metabolic effects. [Pg.69]

Englman, R. (1966) The Jahn-Teller Effect in Molecules and Crystals, Wiley-Interscience, London, pp. 243 - 245. [Pg.138]

(a) Huang, N.Z. and Sondheimer, E. (1982) Acc. Chem. Res., 15, 96 (b)Wong, H.N.C. (1976) The synthesis of fully conjugated eight-membered ring compounds. PhD dissertation. University College London, U.K. [Pg.138]

Hensel, X, Xrpcevski, D., Lind, C., Grosjean, R., Hammershoj, P., Nielsen, C.B., Brock-Nannestad, X, Nielsen, [Pg.141]

This chapter has built on the prior reviews and has provided a succinct overview of the corrosion mechanisms. It has attempted to show that understanding of the corrosion of Mg alloys builds upon our understanding of the corrosion of HP Mg. This understanding of the mechanism of corrosion of HP Mg provides a basis for understanding the various manifestations of corrosion of Mg and its alloys. It is hoped that this deep understanding will allow the production of Mg alloys much more resistant to corrosion than the [Pg.160]

Compatibilization of inuniscible polymer blends can be achieved by in situ formation of copolymer compatibilizers using functionalized polymers. Reactive polymers are classified [Pg.32]

Polymer Reactive group Blends Reaction type Properties Reference [Pg.33]

XP50 Substituted bromide PA6/XP50 Substitution Morphology 323 [Pg.33]

PMMA Grafted isocyanate PS/PMMA Urethane formation Kinetics 337 [Pg.33]

PA6 Terminal isocyanate PBT/PA6 Urethane formation Impact/tensile 334 [Pg.33]

It took over a hundred years to develop this body of theory. The first part to appear was that for very low Reynolds Number flows and that for an ideal fluid. This was, subsequently, followed by an introduetion of the boundary layer and flow separation concepts. [Pg.139]

More recently, shock waves and other details associated with flows at speeds greater than that of sound in the fluid (supersonic flows) have been introduced. Still more recently, the interaction of magnetic fields with the flow of charged particles has been extensively studied and formulated into a body of theory known as magnetohydrodynamics. In connection with the space effort and the performance of vacuum systems, it became necessary to study the flow of fluids at such low pressures that the mean free path of molecular motion plays an important role. At the other extreme, the flow of fluids must be studied under such high pressures that densification sufficient to cause solid-like behavior results. This latter area is still to be explored. [Pg.139]

There has also been interest in the flow characteristics of powdered coal and other solid particles suspended in water as a slurry. The pumping of such slurries, which consist of about 50% by weight of solid particles, is of interest since it provides an inexpensive means of transporting powdered materials over large distances. [Pg.139]

1 An NACA 4412 airfoil having an area (A) of 400 fl operates at a velocity of 400 mph and an angle of attack of 10°. Estimate [Pg.140]

4 For steady flight conditions of Problem 6.2, determine the horsepower required to propel the plane at constant V. [Pg.140]

Prescher, J.A., and Bertozzi, C.R. (2004) A strain-promoted [3 + 2] azide-alkyne cycloaddition for covalent modification of biomolecules in living systems. Journal of the American Chemical Society, 126,15046. Agard, N.J., Baskin, J.M., Prescher, JAl. et al. (2006) A comparative study of bioorthogonal reactions with azides. ACS Chemical Biology, 1,644. [Pg.48]

Bailey, W.J. (1972) in Step Gmwth Polymerizations (ed. D.H. Solomon), Maicel Dekker, New York. [Pg.49]

Bamer-Kowollik, C. and Inglis, A.J. (2009) Has click chemistry lead to aparadigm shift in polymer materials design [Pg.49]

Hoogenboom, R., and Schubert, U.S. (2009) CUck chemistry beyond metal-catalyzed cycloaddition. Angewandte Chemie-International Edition, 48,4900. [Pg.49]

The last 25 years have produced a major worldwide upsurge of interest in Langmuir-Blodgett films, such that they now represent an exciting area of science on the threshold of utilizing their novel structure for commercial applications. [Pg.127]

Gaines, G.L. Jr, (1966) Insoluble Monolayers at Liquid Gas Interfaces, Interscience, New York. [Pg.128]

Netzer, L., Iscovici, R. and Sagiv, J. (1983) Thin Solid Films, 99, 235. [Pg.128]

Composting and green polymers have long-term mutual interests. In the future, compostable wastes other than yard trimmings, mixed organic fruit and food wastes may beeome a potentially significant feedstock for composting [Pg.357]

Zaccaria, K., Salinas, K., Johnson, H.D., and Citra, M. (2014) Toxicological Profile for Tetrachloroethylene, U. S. Department of Health and Human Services. [Pg.33]

Rassaerts, H., Kleinschmidt, P, Strack, H., Cook, R., Beck, U., Lipper, K.-A., Torkelson, T.R., Loser, E., Beutel, K.K., and Mann, T. (2000) Ullmanns Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemistry, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH Co. KGaA. [Pg.33]

Breiten, B, Jordan, M, Xaura, D, Zalibera, M, Griesser, M., Confortin, [Pg.33]

Cassens, A. (1979) Synthesen und spektroskopische Untersuchungen von [4]-Dendralenen Dissertation, Universitat Gottingen. [Pg.34]

Phthalocyanines as semiconductors, Nature, 1948, 162, 819 D. D. Eley, G. D. Parfitt, M. J. Perry and D. H. Taysum, Semiconductivity of organic substances I., Trans. [Pg.313]

Kearns and M. Calvin. Photovoltaic effect and photoconductivity in laminated organic systems, J. Chem. Phys., 1958, 29, 950. [Pg.313]

Helfrich and W. G. Schneider, Recombination radiation in anthracene crystals, Phys. Rev. Lett., 1965, 14, 229. [Pg.313]

Ebisawa, T. Kurokawa and S. Nara, Electrical properties of polyacctylene-polysiloxane interface, J. Appl. Phys., 1983,54, 3255. [Pg.313]

The interpretation and modelling of trace element abundance variations in rocks and minerals have employed Berthelot-Nernst distribution coefficients or less frequently compounded coefficients such as the Renderson-Kracek coefficients. Although from the standpoint of thermodynamics these are inadequate and may differ considerably from time equilibrium constants, their use has met with considerable success. [Pg.362]

In situations where trace element abimdance variations are large, the use of these distribution coefficients will certainly help to limit the possible ways in which the variations were generated. The fact that these distribution coefficients, particularly the Berthelot-Nernst coefficients, vary with P, T and composition, greatly limits their usefulness in situations where the variations in trace element chemistry are more subtle as could arise from P and T variations. For geothermometry and geobarometry, it is necessary to calculate true equilibrium constants and some possible approaches to this problem have been discussed here. [Pg.362]

The distribution of trace elements between solid and gas phases during, for example, the condensation of the solar nebula, is also amenable to thermodynamic treatment, and the results of [Pg.362]

and White, D. Jour. Phys. Chem., 71 [Pg.364]

Broecker, W.S. and Oversby, V.M. Chemical equilibria in the Earth , McGraw Hill (l97l). [Pg.364]

Despite the fragmentary results known to date, the dediazotation of diazoalkanes coupled with the carbene-carbon monoxide trapping reaction seems to be a promising synthetic path for the preparation of various carboxylic acid derivatives through the ketene intermediate product. Especially the highly effective and selective cobalt-catalyzed examples of the reactions are worth to explore in more detail. [Pg.216]

2 Borrmann, D. (1968) Methoden der Orgfwischen Chemie, Houben-Weyl, voL 7, part 4, G. Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart. [Pg.216]

3 Schaumann, E. and ScheibUch, S. (1993) Methoden der Organischen Chemie, Houben-Weyl, vol. E15, G. Hiieme Verlag, Stuttgart. [Pg.216]

4 Seres, B., Fordos, E., Ungvari, N., Ungvary, F. and Kegl, T. (2007) The mechanism of ketene formation from carbon monoxide and diazomethane a computational assessment. Journal of the Chemical Society, Chemical Communications, submitted. [Pg.216]

Colloids and interfaces are present and important in many (everyday) products and processes, ranging from food, milk and pharmaceuticals to cleaning agents and paints or glues. They are intimately linked and are best studied together. Colloids have many important, exciting properties of which stabUity is possibly the most important. Some properties of colloids and interfaces can be measured while others cannot and are obtained best via theories/models. An overview of what can be measured and what caimot in coUoid and surface science is given in Appendix 1.1. [Pg.7]

Colloids can be classified according to the phase (gas, liquid, solid) of the dispersed phase and the dispersion medium or according to their stability. Colloidal dispersions are thermodynamically unstable, while association colloids (surfactants) and poly-mer/protein solutions are stable. The former are often called lyophobic (hydrophobic if the dispersion medium is water) and the latter lyophihc (hydrophilic) colloids. These terms can be also used for surfaces. [Pg.7]

Crucial in the study of both colloids and interfaces is knowledge of the forces between molecules and particles or surfaces and this is discussed next. While, as explained, a strict division is not possible, Chapters 3-7 discuss characteristics and properties of interfaces (surface and interfacial tensions, fundamental laws in interfacial phenomena, wetting adhesion, surfactants and adsorption), while Chapters 8-13 present the kinetic, rheological and optical properties of colloids, as well as their stability and also a separate discussion of two important colloid categories, emulsions and foams. [Pg.7]

Surface tension of pure liquids and liquid solutions Yes (Du Nouy, pendant drop, Wilhelmy plate, capillary rise) Yes (parachor, solubility parameters, corresponding states) Wetting, adhesion, lubrication [Pg.8]

Interfacial tension of liquid-liquid interfaces Yes (Du Nouy) Yes (many methods, e.g. Fowkes, Hansen, Girifalco-Good) Surfactants [Pg.8]

Synthesis of syndiotactic polystyrene Reaction mechanisms and catalysis. Prog. Polym. Set, 21,47-88 (1996). [Pg.153]

ScheUenberg, J., Tomotsu, N. Syndiotactic polystyrene catalysts and polymerization. Prog. Polym. Sci., 27,1925-1982 (2002). [Pg.153]

Kinetics of slurry phase polymerization of styrene with pentamethyl cyclopentadienyl titanium trimethoxide and methyl aluminoxane. I. Reaction rate analysis. J. Appl. Polym. Sci., 88, 2132-2137 (2003). [Pg.153]

Syndiospecific polymerization of styrene with embedded metallocene catalysts. Macromol. Symp., 206, 375-382 (2004). [Pg.153]

Rate and molecular weight distri-bntion modeling of syndiospecific styrene polymerization over silica-supported metallocene catalyst. Polymer, 48, 6519-6531 (2007). [Pg.154]

The most important validation of the model will be the comparison of the experimental and numerical force-displacement curves. If the numerical model is simulating the behavior of the knitted stmcture correctly, then the shapes of these curves should be very similar and the only difference should be the scale of force since the numerical simulation uses fewer filaments. Visual checks can also be used, e.g., comparison of loop height and width or wale/course density given as number of vertical/horizontal columns/rows of loops per cm for both the experimental and numerical case. [Pg.284]

This investigation has yielded a number of findings relating to the deformation behavior of knitted fabric-reinforced thermoplastic sheets, as well as conclusions regarding practical forming issues. It has also delved into the underlying mechanisms responsible for its unique behavior, both essential for the development and future use of these types of materials. [Pg.284]

X-ray and neutron scattering techniques are highly important tools in the field of materials science, especially for polymers, thanks to their specificities as well as their nondestructive character. They give access to the meso and nanoscopic structures while keeping them virtually unaltered. [Pg.69]

When it comes to writing some concluding remarks, it seems appropriate to emphasize their advantages while not hiding their shortcomings and drawbacks. [Pg.69]

Neutron scattering is undoubtedly a powerful technique in polymer and colloid sciences thanks to the possibility of labeling a few molecules by means of deuteriation. This clearly allows one to study one object (a chain, an aggregate, etc.) dispersed amidst brother objects. This has been a decisive breakthrough in the study of amorphous or semicrystalline polymers. Also, the possibility of partial labeling has given access to the structure of parts of complex systems such as copolymers, nanocomposite materials, and the like. [Pg.69]

The major drawback of this technique lies, however, in the limited compatibility of hydrogenous and deuterated brother objects. This can still be checked by carefully measuring molecular weight whenever possible or detecting it on the scattering curve. The thermodynamic properties, such as 0-temperatures, are also slightly altered, and these have to be taken into account in interpreting the data. [Pg.69]

Roentgen W. (1895) Sitzung Berichte der Wurzburger Physikjnedic. GeseUschaft, 3. [Pg.69]

Ceria-based materials are of interest as electrode components in SOFCs due to numerous reports that doped ceria may help decrease internal electrical resistance by reducing polarization resistance in both the fuel and the air electrodes. [Pg.754]

In general, the factors that can sustain the activity and stability of ceria-based electrocatalysts in SOFCs seem to be (i) the flux of oxide ions through the electrolyte (indirectly from the reduction of O2 to 20 at the cathode) (ii) the release of latdce oxide ions from the ceria phase (related to the surface exchange coefficient) (iii) the microstructure of the electrode (electrocatalysts) or the microstructure of the supporting backbone for infiltrated electrocatalysts (iv) current collection or electronic conductivity of the backbone structure and to some extent in the ceria phase as well. [Pg.755]

From the literature it is clear that nano-structured ceria has several advantages over similar microcrystalline materials. In SOFC applications, resistance to impurities such as sulfur, and resistance to carbon formation when hydrocarbons are used as fuel, have been reported. The high density of surface defects in nanostructured materials provides a large number of active sites for various surface interactions and surface exchange processes. There are clearly interesting features in nano-sized ceria compounds that need further exploration. The possibility of minimizing pretreatment and water vapor partial pressure in e.g. the natural gas feed due to lower susceptibility to coke formation of ceria containing fuel electrodes (anodes), may simplify the fuel cell system. [Pg.755]

Takahashi, X, Science and Technology of Ceramic Fuel Cells, Elsevier Science B.V., Amsterdam, (1995). [Pg.755]

International Committee for Diffraction Data, Card 43-1002. [Pg.756]

The outcome of sol-gel reactions can be summarized in seemingly simple equations, such as Si(OR)4 + 2H2O Si02 + 4ROH. Looking at sol-gel processes in [Pg.26]

1 Brinker, C.J. and Scherer, G.W. (1990) Sol-Gel Science The Physics and Chemistry of Sol-Gel Processing, Academic Press, San Diego, CA Pierre, A.C. (1998) Introduction to Sol-Gel Chemistry, Kluwer Academic Publishers, Boston, MA Wright, J.D. and Sommerdijk, N.A.J. (2001) Sol-Gel Materials Chemistry and Applications, Gordon Breach, Amsterdam. [Pg.27]

2 Selected review article Pielichowski, K., Njuguna, J Janowski, B., and Pielichowski, J. (2006) Adv. Polym, Set, 201, 225. [Pg.27]

4 Livage, J., Henry, M., and Sanchez, C. (1988) Prog. Solid State Ghent., 18, 259. [Pg.27]

5 Bradley, D.C, Mehrotra, R.C., Rothwell, I.P., and Singh, A. (2001) Alkoxo and Aryloxo Derivatives of Metals, Academic Press, San Diego, CA. [Pg.27]

We outlined the derivation of the 5—matrix version of the Kohn variational principle, and demonstrated how to apply functional sensitivity analysis within this computational framework. In addition, we discussed the complementarity of brute force and functional sensitivity analysis. We applied brute force sensitivity analysis to the H+H2 reaction, comparing partial cross sections resulting from the LSTH and DMBE PESs. We found that the theoretical cross sections shown in Fig. 2.1 do not change significantly when the LSTH potential is replaced by the DMBE. The computed cross sections are thus fairly insensitive to changes in the potential energy surface. We conclude that the theoretical cross sections are accurate. [Pg.35]

Gamenara, D., Seoane, G.A., Saenz-Mendez, P., and Dominguez de Maria, P. (2012) Redox Biocatalysis Fundamentals and Applications, 1st edn, John Wiley Sons, Inc., Hoboken. [Pg.44]

Hollmann, F., Arends, I.W.C.E., and Holtmann, D. (2011) Enzymatic reductions for the chemist Green Chem., 13, 2285-2314. Ni, Y., Li, C.X., Zhang, J., Shen, N.D., Bornscheuer, U.T., and Xu, J.H. (2011) Efficient reduction of Ethyl 2-Oxo-4-phenylbutyrate at 620gL by a bacterial reductase with broad substrate spectrum. Adv. Synth. Catal., 353,1213-1217. Jakoblinnert, A., Mladenov, R., Paul, A., Sibilla. F., Schwaneberg, U., Ansorge-Schumacher, M.B., and Dominguez de Maria. P. (2011) Asymmetric reduction of ketones widi recombinant E. coli whole cells in neat substrates. Chem. Commun., 47.12230-12232. [Pg.44]

5 Stuermer, R., Hauer, B., Hall, M., and Faber, K. (2007) Asymmetric bioreduction of activated C=C bonds using enoate reductases from the old yellow enzyme fiunily. Curr. Opin. Chem. Bid., 11, 203-213. [Pg.44]

6 Toogood, H.S., Fryszkowska, A., Hare, V., Fisher, K., Roujeinikova, A., Leys, D., Gardiner, J.M., Stephens, G.M., and Scmtton, N.S. (2010) Structure-based insight into the asymmetric bioreduction of the C=C double bond of a,p-imsaturated nitroalkenes by pentaerythritol tetranitrate reductase. Adv. Synth. Catal., 350, 2789-2803. [Pg.44]

7 Gramatica, P., Manitto, P., and Poli, L. (1985) Chiral synthetic intermediates via asymmetric hydrogenation of a-methyl-a,p-imsaturated aldehydes by baker s yeast J. Org. Chem., 50, 4625-4628. [Pg.44]

Achieved consistent insight into the 3B dynamics and quantitative information of [Pg.177]

Essential events in surface adsorption include bond contraction and sp-orbit hybridization. Bond and non-bond formation result in all the observations. [Pg.177]

The 3B approach enhances the capabilities of existing experimental techniques to reveal the 3B and electronic dynamics comprehensively. [Pg.177]

Developed knowledge has enabled materials and processes design for practical applications. [Pg.177]

Ishikawa, T. and Nagaoki, T. (1983) Recent Carbon Technology Including Carbon and Sic Fibers, JEC Press, Cleveland, OH. [Pg.283]

and Hess, W. (1969) in Petroleum Derived Carbons, ACS Symposium Series (eds M. Deviney and [Pg.283]

Acknowledgements. This work was supported by the Societe Frangaise HOECHST and the Centre National de Recherche Scientifique. We want to thank Dr R. Zana and Dr L. Bokobza for helpful discussions. [Pg.61]

Bock J, Valint Jr PL, Pace SJ, Siano DB, Schulz DN, Turner SR (1988) In Stahl CA, Schulz DN (eds) Water soluble polymers for petroleum recovery. Plenum Press, New York, p 147. [Pg.61]

Glass JE (ed) (1989) Polymers in aqueous media performance through association. Advances in Chemistry Series 213, Am Chem Soc, Washington, DC [Pg.61]

Shalaby SW, McCormick CL, Butler GB (eds) (1991) Water soluble polymers. ACS symp Ser 467, Am Chem Soc, Washington, DC [Pg.61]

(a) Wang TK, Iliopoulos I, Audebert R (1989) Am Chem Soc Div of Polym Chem Prepr 30(2) 377 (b) Wang TK, Iliopoulos I, Audebert R (1991) In Shalaby SW, McCormick CL, Butler GB (eds) Water soluble polymers. ACS Symp. Ser. 467, Am Chem Soc, Washington, DC, [Pg.61]

Assuming that intimate intermolecular contact across the interface has been attained, we next need to consider the nature of the intrinsic adhesion forces which act across the interface and will hold the joint together throughout its service life. Thus, Chapter 3 will discuss the mechanisms of adhesion. [Pg.51]

Pauling, L. (1960) The Nature of the Chemical Bond, Cornell University Press, New York. [Pg.51]

(1985) in Industrial Adhesion Problems (eds D. M. Brewis and D. Briggs), Orbital Press, Oxford, p. 48. [Pg.52]

Sawicki, G. C. (1978) in Wetting, Spreading and Adhesion (ed. J. F. Padday), Academic Press, London, p. 361. [Pg.52]

Johnson, R. E. and Dettre, R. H. (1964) in Advances in Chemistry Series, 43 (ed. R. F. Gould), American Chemical Society, Washington, p. 112. [Pg.52]

Fujihara, Y. Kishiki and T. Kimura, Pyrolytic synthesis and Eu Eu reduction process of blue-emitting perovskite-type BaLip3 Eu tbin films, J. Solid State Chem., 177, 1032-1036 (2004). [Pg.328]

Grosso, C. Boissiere and C. Sanchez, Ultralow-dielectric-constant optical thin films built from magnesium oxyfluoride vesicle-like hollow nanoparticles. Nature Mater., 6, 572-575 (2007). [Pg.330]

Boissiere, L. Nicole, D. Grosso and C. Sanchez, Thermally induced porosity in CSD Mgp2-Based optical coatings An easy method to tune the refractive index, Chem. Mater., 20, 5550-5556 (2008). [Pg.330]

Fujihara, T. Kato and T. Kimura, Sol-gel synthesis and luminescent properties of oxyfluoride LaOF Eu + thin films, J. Mater. Set Lett., 20, 687-689 (2001). [Pg.330]

In this chapter, we have seen that multiple steady states can occur when an exotirermic reaction takes place in an ideal CSTR, and when a feed/product heat exchanger is used in conjunction with an adiabatic PFR. We might ask whether this multiplicity is coincidental, or whether there is a link between these two examples. [Pg.294]

There are other configurations tiiat can lead to energy transfer from a late reaction stage to an early one. Examples of such process and reactor configurations are [Pg.294]

flow reactors with some mixing in the direction of flow (mixing does not have to be complete in the sense of the CSTR) [Pg.294]

flames, where heat can be transferred backward by conduction and/or radiation [Pg.294]

Although processes and/or equipment configurations such as those discussed above can lead to multiple steady states, the mere existence of energy transfer firom a late stage of [Pg.294]

The need to provide the concept design and development stages of the product introduction process with carefully structured knowledge about process characteristics and capabilities, together with cost estimating methods has been highlighted. PRIMAs of a standard form and [Pg.293]

To support assembly-orientated design, it is essential to understand the cost implications of the components designed on the assembly systems used. Various component features and operations are known to exhibit higher assembly times than alternative combinations, and this provides a basis for relatively comparing a number of concepts and calculating the assembly time, and therefore the cost. The case studies have demonstrated the use of the methodology for manual assembly. [Pg.296]

In the joint European COTEST project a solid basis has been developed for a reliable and meaningful standard for high temperature cyclic oxidation testing. This basis combines scientific approaches with industrial needs and for the first time allows an intercomparison of data from different laboratories. The draft standard developed in the frame of COTEST can be found on the internet [4]. In the following chapters and in [5], details of the work within the COTEST project and the results are reported. [Pg.295]

The COTEST project was funded by the European Commission in the Measurement and Testing Activities of the Framework V programme under the project no. G6RD-CT-2001-00639, which is gratefully acknowledged by aU project participants. [Pg.295]

Schiltze, W.J. Quadakkers (Eds.), Cyclic Oxidation of High Temperature Materials, EEC monograph No. 27, Institute of Materials, London, 1999. [Pg.296]

Strehl, G. Borchardt, Materials at High Temperature, in press. [Pg.296]

The current version of the code of practice for thermal cyclic oxidation testing can be found on the internet under http //cotest.dechema.de/Code of Practice.html. [Pg.296]

The interplay of the various tools eventually led to the unraveling of a new pathway. Whether this pathway is also of relevance (or can be utilized) in catalytic processes remains to be investigated. [Pg.87]

Anslyn, E.V. and Dougherty, D.A. (2006) Modern Physical Organic Chemistry, University Science Books, Sausalito, CA. [Pg.88]

1692 On the ligand effect in Suzuki-Miyaura coupling (c) [Pg.89]

9346 Recently it has been shown however that PdL does not exist without solvent coordination (h) Vidossich, P., [Pg.89]

This model is related to the deforma-tion/interaction method developed by Morokuma Morokuma, K. (1971) [Pg.90]

Numerical simulations of a wind farm by the EMTP are explained in this chapter. The voltage increase due to the charging current of the cables is easily obtained by EMTP s steady-state analysis routine. The load-flow calculation option of the EMTP called FIX SOURCE enables an estimation of the steady-state behavior of the wind farm, which has plural generators. These techniques are applicable to a simulation of conventional grids. [Pg.343]

Simulation models of a switching transistor and a MOSFET are also explained in this chapter. The model parameters of the device are easily obtained from a data sheet supplied by its manufacturer or from a simple experimenf without complicate semiconductor physical parameters. The proposed model also enables temperature estimation. The accuracy of the models is satisfactory for the design of a switching circuit, such as a dc/dc converter and an inverter. [Pg.343]

These techniques are useful for numerical simulations in new energy system and for expanding the applicable fields of the EMTP. [Pg.344]

Thompson, M. T. 2006. Intuitive Analog Circuit Design. Oxford, U.K. Newnes. [Pg.344]

Nagaoka, N. 1988. Large-signal transistor modeling using the ATP version of EMTP. EMTP News 1(3). [Pg.344]

The recent development shows that production of ethylene from biomass is possible, from a technical point of view and, perhaps most importantly, also from an economical perspective. Although the first investments were made in Brazil due to the availability of large volumes of bioethanol at low cost, it is most likely that the ongoing development of production of the second generation of bioethanol will drive the expansion to other parts of the world. [Pg.125]

(2007) Petrochemical Market Dynamics Olefins, www.nextant.com (accessed 15 May 2009) [Pg.125]

European Bioplastics (2008) Bioplastics, Frequently Asked Questions, p. 4, http //www. european-bioplastics.org/index.php id= 191. [Pg.125]

(2007) Braskem has the First Certified Green Polyethylene in the World, Press release, www.braskem.com (accessed 5 May 2009). [Pg.125]

The intention of the present chapter was to present mostly the prospective advantages, but also some limitations, of the use of isothermal calorimetry at the Solid-Liquid interface as a powerful tool in the study of interactions between solid surfaces and [Pg.263]

Wetting and immersional calorimetry may be employed to determine surface properties of catalysts, adsorbents and other solid materials in contact with liquids. Based on the calorimtery measurements of the various contributions to the total surface enthalpy of a solid, it is possible to evaluate the hydrophobic-hydrophilic character of its surface. The Harkins-Jura method for the evaluation of the speciflc surface area of a solid based on enthalpy changes in the so-called immersion-adsorptionwetting cycle gives the surface area of contact between this solid and a pure liquid or a solution, thereby sheding light on the availability of the solid surface under real experimental conditions. [Pg.264]

In spite of many advantages, Solid-Liquid calorimetry alone is not capable of solving satisfactorily many detailed problems concerning the resulting interfacial mechanisms. It certainly cannot provide much information on entropy changes. In consequence, calorimetric measurements have to be always supplemented by other experimental studies reported on the system so as to obtain a more complete description of the phenomenon [Pg.264]

Prigogine, A. BeUemans, D.H. Everett, Surface Tension and Adsorption (Longmans, London, 1966) [Pg.264]

Within a few years the entire human genome will have been sequenced and the functional genes will become known. Some 3-5% of these genes can be estimated to be somehow involved in the process of glycosylation [187]. It will be a challenge for the future to identify these glycosylation genes and to find the function of their individual protein products. [Pg.618]

2 structure (T. Schwientek, J.-C. Yeh, S. B. Levery, B. Keck, G. Merkx, A. Geurts van Kessel, M. Fukuda and H. Clausen, J. Biol Chem., 2000, 275, 11106-11113). Consequently the number of cloned sialyltransferases counts 18 and of cloned P6-GlcNAcTs 4. [Pg.619]

Minowa, S. Oguri, A. Yoshida, T. Hara, A. Iwamatsu, H. Ikenaga and M. Takeuchi, [Pg.620]

Sasaki, K. Kuratamiura, M. Ujita, K. Angata, S. Nakagawa, S. Sekine, T. Nishi and M. Fukuda, Proc. Natl Acad. Scl USA, 1997, 94, 14294-14299. [Pg.621]

2 Miura, K., Hosomi, A. (2004) Silicon in organic synthesis, in Main Group Metals in Organic Synthesis, (eds H., Yamamoto, K., Oshima), [Pg.509]

3 Fleming, 1. (ed.) (2001) Science of Synthesis, Thieme, Stuttgart, Germany, Vol. 4. [Pg.509]

4 Rappoport, Z., Apeloig, Y. (eds) (2001) The Chemistry of Organic Silicon Compounds, John Wiley Sons, Ltd, Chichester, Vol. 3. [Pg.509]

9 Oishi, M. (2000) Silicon(IV) Lewis adds, in Lewis Acids in Organic Synthesis, (ed. H., Yamamoto), Wiley-VCH, Weinheim, Germany, Vol. 1, Chap. 8, p. 355. [Pg.510]

In the field of polymer science, the crystallization behavior of polymer blends represents a key issue for the analysis of structure-properties relationships of macro-molecular systems. The presence of the second polymer component, either in the melt or in the solid state, can infiuence the whole crystallization process of the polymer phases, thus the morphology, phase behavior, and physical/mechanical properties. The crystallization processes are controlled by several factors, which are related to equilibrium thermodynamics, kinetic aspects, thermal conditions, melt rheology, as well as chain structure and polymer/polymer interactions. In the present chapter, an overview of the thermodynamic conditions, accompanied by a description of main morphological features of blends containing one or both crystallizable components, is reported. [Pg.320]

Crystallization in polymer blends can develop through various types of solidification paths, resulting in a wide spectrum of morphological textures and crystalline structures. The crystallization path is strictly determined by the miscibility degree of the components. When the polymer components constitute a miscible [Pg.320]

Large variations of the thermodynamic parameters, such as surface free energy of crystals and equilibrium melting temperature, and the overall crystallization kinetics (depending on the combined effect of primary nucleation and growth) are generally observed for mis- [Pg.320]

Finally, polymer blends containing Uquid-crystalUne components constitute a very interesting research field, whose theoretical aspects and properties need to be developed, especially in view of the wide appUcation potential of these systems in high technology sectors. It has been shown that the crystalUzation process and the morphology of the polymer matrix can be markedly affected by the mesomorphic behavior of the dispersed [Pg.321]

EPR grafted with maleic anhydride ethylene-co-vinyl acetate copolymer high density polyethylene HDPE grafted with glycidyl methacrylate [Pg.321]

Development of composites based on polysaccharides with natural fibers is an important contribution to ecocomposites supported by natural resources and evolving research area. These ecocomposites are destined to find more and more application in the near future and can make a relatively small but valuable contribution to improve the environmental balance. [Pg.548]

The effort to develop ecocomposite materials with improved performance for global applications, is an ongoing process and interfacial adhesion between natural fibers and matrix will remain the key issue because provide the final properties of the composites. [Pg.548]

A wide variety of materials have been examined with starch. Nevertheless, the combination with chitosan and the use of natural fibers as reinforcement helps to improve compatibility, in addition to achieving the production of new composites. For example, kraft fiber improved quality and properties of cassava starch-based foam for applicable of fresh cut fruits that were comparable to polystyrene foam. Keratin fiber reinforcements, had good compatibility with [Pg.548]

In the future, research should be focused to develop methods or synthesis techniques to produce more ecocomposites. Chemical modification on natural fibers could also be used as an efficient approach to introduce new, more resistant and compatible reinforcement in natural matrix. [Pg.549]

Finally, in addition to these important results briefly described here, chitosan and starch has initiated also an emergent research area focused to nanotechnology, in which important results have been recently published (Castrejon-Parga et al., 2014, Bustos-Ramirez et al., 2013, Rodriguez-Gonzalez et al., 2012]. [Pg.549]

Hopefully, this review will provide the reader with some understanding of the aspects involved in emulsion formation and, moreover, stimulate fiuther work. [Pg.98]

Walstra, in Encyclopedia of Emulsion Technology , ed. P. Becher, Dekker, New York, [Pg.98]

Walstra and I. Smulders, in Food Colloids Proteins, Lipids and Polysaccharides , eds. E. Dickinson and B. Bergenstahl, The Royal Society of Chemistry, Cambridge, [Pg.98]

Levich, Physicochemical Hydrodynamics , Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1962. [Pg.98]

Indeed, Cd coordinates to nucleic acids often not only directly, like with purine-N7 sites, but also indirectly to oxygen and (other) nitrogen sites as is exemplified by many outersphere interactions found in nucleic acid stractures. Most important in this respect is also the high affinity of Cd towards sulfur Ugands. These characteristics make Cd on the one hand a toxic element that interferes especially with proteins in numerous metabolic pathways, but oti the other hand it is also an interesting mimic [Pg.262]

NAIM/NAIS nucleotide analogue interference mapping/suppression [Pg.265]

PMEA dianion of 9-[2-(phosphonomethoxy)ethyl] adenine (= Adefovir) (Eigure 14) [Pg.265]

Acknowledgments Financial support from the Swiss National Science Foundation (R.K.O.S.), the European Research Council (ERC Starting Grant to R.K.O.S.), the Universities of Ziiiich (R.K. [Pg.266]

Kaltsoyannis N, Scott P. The f elements. Oxford Oxford University Press 1999. [Pg.144]

Krot NN, Gelman AD. Production of neptunium and plutonium in heptavelent state. Dokl Chem. 1967 177 124-9. [Pg.144]

Spitsyn VI, Gelman AD, Krot NN, Mefodiyeva MP, Zakharova FA, Komkov YA, et al. Heptavalent State of Neptunium and Plutonium. J Inorg Nucl Chem. 1969 31 2733 5. [Pg.144]

Dolg M. Lanthanides and Actinides. In Schaefer HF, editor. Encyclopedia of Computational Chemistry. Chichester Wiley 2002. [Pg.144]

Douglas M, Kroll N. Quantum electrodynamical corrections to the fine structure of helium. Ann Phys (N Y) [Internet]. 1974 [cited 2012 Jun 19] 155 89-155. Available from http //www.sciencedirect.eom/science/article/pii/0003491674903339. [Pg.144]

The work described in this book chapter has been the result of intense synthetic efforts by undergraduate, postgraduate, PhD students, and postdoctoral researchers carried out over the last 10 years. The authors thank present and past laboratory members for their invaluable contribution to the project. Particularly, the authors convey special appreciation to Dr. Carmela Napolitano, Dr. Stefano D Errico, Dr. Concern Paolella, and Dr. Antonio Dell Isola, whose passion and dedication has allowed to disclose the unexpected chemistry behind this project. [Pg.111]

Munoz Solano, D. Hoyos, P Hemaiz, M. J. Alcantara, A. R. Sanchez-Montero, J. M. [Pg.470]

In this chapter we have introduced the reader to the elements that are involved in the reaction between a gas and a solid particle. We have seen that in many instances even these individual steps themselves are quite complex and inadequately understood, so that the task of integrating this information into workable models for describing the overall rate of gas-solid reactions seems a formidable undertaking. Indeed, this state of affairs precludes the development of entirely general all purpose models for gas-solid reactions that incorporate all the phenomena described here. [Pg.58]

The reaction systems that are well understood tend to be dominated by one of the simpler steps (e.g., mass transfer or pore diffusion) so that the interpretation is then quite feasible. Nevertheless, it is thought very important to generate awareness of the principal mechanisms that could control the overall reaction rate because in future work on more complex systems their effects will have to be taken into consideration. [Pg.58]

Technologies must be developed to produce membranes for high-temperature separation and reaction applications. Composite dense metallic membranes, such as Pd and its alloys. [Pg.680]

A)mirk, M. E., Mardilovich, I. R, Engwall, E. E., and Ma, Y. H. (2004). Microstructure analysis of Pd/Ag alloy membranes supported on porous stainless steel. In Proceedings of the AlChE 2004 Annual Meeting, Austin, TX, Nov. 7-12, 2004. [Pg.681]

Balachandran, U. (Balu), Lee, T. H., Chen, L., Song, S. J., Picciolo, J. J., and Dorris, S. E. (2005). Hydrogen permeation and chemical stability of dense hydrogen separation membranes. In Proceedings of the 22nd Annual International Pittsburgh Coal Conference, Pittsburgh, PA, Sept. 12-15, 2005. [Pg.681]

Bryden, K. J., and Ying, J. Y. (1995). Nanostructured palladium membranes synthesis by magnetron sputtering. Mater. Set Eng. A204, 140. [Pg.681]

Buxbaum, R. E., and Kinney, A. B. (1996). Hydrogen transport through tubular membranes of palladium-coated tantalum and niobium. Ind. Eng. Chem. Res. 35, 530. [Pg.681]

In polar polymers, the exact balance of charges and the description of specific interactions such as hydrogen bonds are critical [219]. Often, X-ray diffraction data, [Pg.35]

The subject of molecular simulation and thermodynamics of polymers is an active area of research and encouraging results have been obtained. The interplay between the refinement of computer simulation methods and the rapid growth of computer resources (the speed of the hardware is doubling roughly about every two years) has led to a rapid growth of successful applications of simulation methods. [Pg.35]

While for the first 30 years after the introduction (in 1941) of the Flory-Huggins theory of polymer blends (and polymer solutions) experimentalists had to exclusively rely on this approach and its refinements for the interpretation of their data, in the two decades from about 1970 to about 1990 basic steps were taken to go beyond this phenomenological description, both via the formulation of more detailed and refined [Pg.35]

UV-irradiation is an additional factor causing tautomeric conversion, but usually in Ar matrix minitored by IR spectroscopy. For instance see Akai, N., Harada, T., Shin-ya, K., Ohno, K. and Aida, M. (2006) J. Phys. Chem. A, 110, 6016-6022. [Pg.46]

It is worth to mention the NMR/UV-vis spectroscopy interface, allowing simultaneous measurement of both NMR and absorption spectra, developed by Limbach, H. et al. (2009) Aragew. Chem. Int. Ed., 48, 5745-5747. [Pg.46]

Stoyanov, S., Antonov, L., Soloveytchik, B., and Petrova, V. (1994) Dyes Pigm., [Pg.46]

Aragoni, M., Area, M., Crisponi, G., and Nurchi, V.M. (1995) Anal. Chim. Acta, [Pg.47]

Solid State Ionics, (Kodansha, Tolq o, 1990). [Pg.254]

Physical Chemistry of Ionic Materiais (John Wiley Sons Ltd, England, 2004). [Pg.255]

Burukhin, 0. Biylev, P. Many, B. R Churagulov, Solid State Ionics, 151, 259 [2002). [Pg.256]

Tabuchi, S. Tsutsui, C. Masquelier, R Kanno, K. Ado, I. Matsubara, S. Nasu, H. Kageyama,y. Soiid State Chem., 140,159 [1998). [Pg.256]

From the examples presented in this chapter papermaking suspensions are dearly fasdnating complex systems that show a richness of interesting phenomena. Both colloidal and hydrodynamic phenomena play a crudal role. The colloidal interactions can be modified, and thus optimized and controlled, by polymers and poly electrolytes. The time scales of polymer adsorption, partide deposition on fibers, particle detachment polymer transfer, flocculation and break-up of colloidal aggregates determine how a papermaking suspension behaves on a paper machine. These time scales can be controlled by dosage and addition points. Some of the relevant time scales can be predicted by theory, as some of the examples given here show, whereas others require experimental determination, such as polymer transfer rates, particle detachment and floe break-up rates, which are difficult to predict from first principles. Therefore, expensive pilot and mill trials are usually required to optimize and fine-tune the use of additives on a paper machine. Nevertheless, laboratory experiments can provide useful trends and help to eluddate the mechanisms by which additives function. [Pg.18]

1 Roberts, J.C. (ed.) (1996) Paper Chemistry, Blackie Academic Professional, Chapman Hall. [Pg.19]

4 van de Ven, T.G.M. (2005) Filler and fines retention in papermaking. Proceedings of the 13th PRC Symposium, Cambridge, UK, September 11-16, Pira International, Leatherhead, UK. [Pg.19]

5 Kamiti, M. and van de Ven, T.G.M. (1994) Kinetics of deposition of calcium carbonate particles onto pulp fibres. Journal of Pulp and Paper Science, 20 (7), 1199-1205. [Pg.19]

Catalyst S/C Solvent Temp. (°Q 1-Alkene yield l%)/rOF (h ) Cyclooctene yield (%)/TOF (h- ) R. [Pg.46]

In condusion, there is stiU room for further improvements in the field of selective alkene epoxidation using environmentally benign oxidants and solvents. [Pg.46]

Orga-nomet. Chem., 1998, 555, 293. [Pg.48]

One of the co-authors (DIL) would like to thank his two other co-authors (JS-T and ES) for letting him contribute to this chapter. This chapter has been based on an English translation of the Paper Industry portion of Chapter 5 Anwendung in der Papier- and Graphischen Industrie, by Jurgen Schmidt-Thummes, Elmar Schwar-zenbach, and Berhard Prantl in Pdymerdispersionen, Dieter Distler (ed.), Wiley-VCH, 1998. [Pg.100]

McGinnis, F. Shafizadeh, Cellulose and HemiceUulose, Chapter 1 in Pulp and Paper Chemistry and Chemical Technology, 3rd edn, Vol. I, J. P. Casey (ed.), )ohn Wiley and Sons, 1980, [Pg.101]

Gottsching, Papier in unserer Welt, Econ Verlag, Dtisseldorf, Vienna, [Pg.101]

R Dean, The Essential Guide to Aqueous Coating of Paper and Board, Pita, Lancashire, UK, 1997. [Pg.101]

Coating Equipment and Processes, Lockwood, New York, 1970. [Pg.101]

Despite the present limitations in our ability to control the shape of platinum nanoparticles by design, tremendous progress has been made in this area [Pg.390]

2 Burda, C., Chen, X.B., Narayanan, R. and El-Sayed, M.A. (2005) Chemistry and properties of nanocrystals of different shapes. Chemical Reviews, 105, 1025. [Pg.392]

Nanochemistry A Chemical Approach to Nanomaterials, RSC Publishing, Cambridge. [Pg.392]

4 Bratlie, K.M., Lee, H., Komvopoulos, K., Yang, P.D. and Somorjai, G.A. (2007) Platinum nanoparticle shape effects on benzene hydrogenation selectivity. Nano [Pg.392]

The striking example is the reactivity of lithium with IE-VI layered compounds such as the decomposition of Li intercalated InSe with the formation of lithium selenide, Li2Se, observed by Raman spectroscopy on specimens prepared by various intercalation methods. The insertion of Li into M0S2 appears more stable with the occurrence of a superlattice formation at x(Li) 0.25 but a structural transformation from 2H-M0S2 (P-phase) to IT-M0S2 (a-phase) occurs for x l. This process is irreversible but the intercalation-deintercalation reaction is possible with the IT-M0S2, which could act as a positive electrode in rechargeable lithium batteries after formation of the cells. [Pg.115]

Liang WY (1989) Electronic properties of intercalation compounds. Mater Sci Eng B 3 139-143 [Pg.116]

Wilson JA (1977) Concerning the semimetallic characters of TiS2 and TiSe2. Solid Slate Commun 22 551-553 [Pg.116]

Sellmyer DJ (1978) Electronic stmcture of metallic compounds and alloys. Solid Slate Phys 33 83-248 [Pg.116]

Jones H (1934) The theory of alloys in the y-phase. Proc R Soc London Ser A 144 225-234 [Pg.116]

The author is well aware of the fact that many chemists still advocate use of the traditional RIS symbols also for at least some, if not all, compound types with helical stereogenic units, even if these are not in concordance with the proper helicity descriptors as in the case of axially chiral compounds where A M and A P. For the sake of consistency, [Pg.197]

This survey has overviewed the in-solution equilibria for a number of tautomeric species that appear in natural biological systems, in drug candidates, and may have some other special application. For a drug candidate, exploration of the presence of even a minor isomer may be important, because just this isomer could be the one that provides occasionally the biologically active structural form. Experimental determinations generally fail pointing out tautomers with a low fraction in the equilibrium composition. To point out the population of such species, theoretical calculations have to be applied. [Pg.142]

Antonov, L. (ed) (2014) Tautomerism Methods and Theories, Wley-VCH Verlag GmbH, Weinheim. [Pg.143]

Mannhold, R., Kubinyi, H., and Folkers, G. (eds) (2012) Pharmacokinetics and Metabolism in Drug Design, 3rd edn, vol. 51, John Wiley Sons, [Pg.144]

Takacs-Novak, K., and Ramek, M. (2001) /. Phys. Chem. B, [Pg.144]

Billing J. Investigation of thermal history of cable insulation using differential scanning calorimetry. ERA Report 87-0138, 1987. [Pg.189]

Pijpers Thijs FJ, Mathot Vincent BE, Goderis B, Scherrenberg Rolf L, van der Vegte Eric W. Highspeed calorimetry for the study of the kinetics of (de)vitrification, crystallisation, and melting of macromolecules. Macromo/ecw/es 2002 35 3601-3613. [Pg.189]

2 Determination of polymer transitions and investigations into molecular structure 215 [Pg.190]

4 Characterisation of polymer blends and the effect of additives on physical properties 220 [Pg.190]

Other thermal analysis techniques used to characterise thermoplastics and rubbers 247 [Pg.190]

CPL measurement. In other words, one may want to consider Ln(III)-containing edifices that possess a limited number of individual crystal field levels. That is the reason why the use of low-symmetric Ln(III) complexes would be more problematic, since they would result in more complex CD and CPL spectra and thus comphcate the identification and/or assignment of the various components of the studied transitions. As already mentioned earlier, the choice of studying Eu(III) compounds would also lead to simpler CPL spectra since the splitting of the levels is less complicated than that for the other luminescent Ln(III) complexes. [Pg.115]

The author thanks all the co-workers and collaborating scientists involved in the various works described in this book chapter and cited in the reference section. Financial support from the National Institute of Health, Minority Biomedical Research Support (1 SC3 GM089589-04 and 3 S06 GM008192-27S1) and the Henry Dreyfus Teaeher-Seholar Award is gratefully acknowledged. The author also thanks Mrs Fran oise C. Muller for her technical help in the preparation of this book chapter. [Pg.115]

MaierNM, Franco P, Lindner W. Separation of Enantiomers Needs, Challenges, Perspectives. [Pg.115]

lisakka K. Single-Enantiomer Drugs Starting Materials and Intermediates. Chirals 2003 [Pg.115]

Shinoda S, Tsukube H. Luminescent Lanthanide Complexes as Analytical Tools in Anion Sensing, pH Indication and Protein Recognition. Analyst 2011 136 431-435. [Pg.115]

The zeroth law establishes temperature as a state property rather than a physiological sense of hotness or coldness. [Pg.56]

Use of the ideal gas behavior exhibited by real gases in the limit of zero pressure leads to the establishment of the ideal gas temperature scale. [Pg.56]

Application of the first law to a given process provides for the calculation of the important - from the chemical engineering point of view -heat and work requirements through changes in the state variables of the system involved internal energy or enthalpy. [Pg.56]

1f the process involves gases, use of the ideal gas assumption for such calculations allows for reasonable approximations up to moderate pressures (2-5 bar) in most cases. [Pg.56]

Cardwell, D.S.L., 1971. From Watt to Clausius, the Rise of Thermodynamics in the Early Industrial Age, Cornell University Press, Ithaca, N. Y. [Pg.56]

Czerniawski, B. (2001) Postep techniczny w dziedzinie opakowan z tworzyw sztucznych (in Polish). Opakowanie, 1, 26-8. [Pg.183]

and Koch, H. (1990) The role of starch in biodegradable thermoplastic materials. Starch, 42/4, 123 0. Korzeniowski, A., Foltynowicz, Z. and Kubera, H. (1998) Postep rozwoju opakowalnictwa na swiecie (in Polish). Opakowanie, 5,12-15. [Pg.183]

and Moscicki, L. (2005) Biodegradable foil extruded from thermoplastic starch. Tekra Commission of Motorization and Power Industry in Agriculture, Vol. VI, 123-30. [Pg.183]

Leszczynski, W. (1999) Biodegradowalne tworzywa opakowaniowe (in Polish). Biotechnologia, 2/45, 50-54. [Pg.183]

The brothers J.W. and J.S. Hyatt in the USA patented the first piston injection mold press in 1872, when they solved the problem of plasticizing a mixture of nitrocellulose and camphor. Much later a screw-injecting molding machine was designed. Nowadays screw injection molding is the most commonly used method for thermoplastic materials. [Pg.185]

We may also define the helical wave vector k-lTzIp, which then appears in the twist term of the free energy density equation for an N phase, i.e., [Pg.337]

The observed optical properties of chiral nematic films depend critically on the direction of the director at the surface interface and on how this propagates to the bulk material. If the director is oriented along the surface of the cell using suitable alignment agents, such as rubbed polyimide, PVA, or PTFE, then the helix axis direction (see Fig. 1) is perpendicular to the substrates, as shown in Fig. 2 a. In this case, an optically active transparent planar texture is obtained. It is this texture that is normally used to observe the bright iridescent reflection colors initially observed by Reinitzer and Leh- [Pg.337]

F re 3. Schematic diagram of selective reflection from a right-handed chiral nematic planar texture for A= inside the liquid ciystal. The linearly polarized input light may be considered as counter-propagating right-handed (RH) and left-handed (LH) circular components. The RH component in which the E field matches the sense of the helicoidal structure is back reflected due to director fluctuations, whilst the LH component is almost totally transmitted. By convention, the handedness is delined in terms of the progression of the E field vector in time relative to the observer. The RH rotating wave therefore has the same spatial structure as the chiral nematic at any time. [Pg.338]

There is a further geometry of practical interest for light incident on chiral nematic films, related to the pitch of the helix in which we consider light propagating in a direction normal to the helix axis, i.e., as in the fingerprint texture, but with a pitchp less than A. In this short pitch chiral nematic case, the chiral optical tensor is averaged in space and the macroscopic optic axis is col-linear with the helix axis [27]. The macro- [Pg.341]

This chapter has summarized some of the work using modem analytical techniques to characterize oxide films on metals and semiconductors. The detailed transport processes that occur during scale growth at high temperature can be identified from surface-analytical data. The information obtained by [Pg.75]

73TEM micrographs of -154 nm-thick oxide formed on InAlP after 1 h at 500°C in moist nitrogen. Cross-section prepared by ion milling. (From Graham eta/. [30].) [Pg.76]

Suzuki, K., lijima, K., Motoyama, H., Kuriyama, H., Kitagawa, Y. (2007). Effect of morphological changes in beer-spoilage lactic acid bacteria on membrane filtration in breweries. Journal of Bioscience and Bioengineering, 104, 334—338. [Pg.169]

(1981). Bierschadliche Bakterien - Taxonomie der bierschadlichen Bakterien. Grampositive Arten. Monatsschrift fiir Brauerei, 34, 267-276. [Pg.169]

(1994a). Einteilung der bierschadlichen Bakterien. In W. Back (Ed.), Farbatlas und Handbuch der Getrankebiologie (Vol. 1) (pp. 62-67). Niimbeig Verlag Hans Carl. [Pg.169]

(1994b). Secondary contaminations in the filling area. Brauwelt International, 4, 326-333. [Pg.169]

(2003). Biofihne in der Brauerei und Getrankeindustrie - 15 Jahre Praxiseifahrung [Pg.169]

In this chapter we have shown that studies of the thermodynamics and kinetics of ROP play an indispensable role in our understanding of polymerization mechanisms. The results of these investigations have helped to establish controlled polymerization conditions, allowing the preparation of polymers with required molar masses and microstructures. The presence of various heteroatoms within the macromolecular main chain introduces an almost infinite number of possible homopolymeric and copolymeric properties. A recent development has been the controlled synthesis of aliphatic polyesters, mostly via ROP, based on their potential applications as biodegradable thermoplastics or as biomedical polymers. Moreover, as some cyclic ester monomers are prepared from renewable resources, some of the examples provided here have related to the ROP of aliphatic cyclic esters. [Pg.45]

Within the field of ROP there remain many unanswered questions, including the controlled synthesis of high-molar-mass poly(P-butyrolactone) with a sufficiently reactive yet selective initiator, the use of fast initiators in lactide polymerization that function with high selectivity in the monomer/polymer melt, and identification of the mechanisms of organocatalytically prompted polymerizations. It is clear that the resolution of these problems will require a systematic and carefijl approach to kinetic studies. [Pg.45]

and Saegusa, T. (eds) (1984) Ring-Opening Polymerization, Elsevier Applied Science Publishers, London, New York. [Pg.45]

Eastmond, G.C. Ledwith, A. Russo, S. and Sigwalt, P. (eds) (1989) Chain polymerization. Part I, in Comprehensive Polymer Science. The Synthesis, Characterization, Reactions Applications of Polymers, Vol. 3 [Pg.45]

Pergamon Press, Oxford, pp. 283 320 (Chapter 22), 457-569 (Chapters 31 37), 711-859 (Chapters 45-53). [Pg.45]

IL-based microemulsion is in its early stage and much fundamental work needs to be carried out. Researches on the enzyme catalysis in IL-based microemulsions depend on understanding the aggregation behavior of surfactants in ILs, so the phase behavior and microstructure of IL/surfactant/cosurfactant/water pseudo-ternary systems deserve to be investigated. [Pg.544]

From the perspective of apphcations, the traditional micellar enzymology has found potential apphcations in the biosynthesis and bioresolution of chiral drugs and in the preparation of biodiesel (via transesterification reaction). Microemulsion-based gelation creates favorable conditions for the reuse of enzymes. As a solvent, room-temperature ILs have potential advantages over molecular organic solvents, so the use of I L-based microemulsions will bring new opportunities for and give fresh impetus to biocatalysis and biotransformation. [Pg.544]

(1985) Enzymes hosted in reverse micelles in hydrocarbon solution. Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. En., 24, 439 450. [Pg.544]

Welton, T. (1999) Room-temperature ionic liquids. Solvents for synthesis and catalysis. Chem. Rev., 99, 2071-2084. [Pg.545]

and Gao, P.J. (2008) Catalytic activities of fungal oxidases in hydrophobic ionic liquid l-butyl-3-methylimidazolium hexafluorophosphate-based microemul-sion. Colloids Surf., B, 66, 146-149. [Pg.545]

Big Chemical Encyclopedia

Chemical substances, components, reactions, process design ...